1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
99 \paperorientation portrait
117 \paragraph_separation indent
118 \paragraph_indentation default
119 \quotes_language english
122 \paperpagestyle default
123 \tracking_changes true
124 \output_changes false
125 \author 1 "Jürgen Spitzmüller"
139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
141 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
143 \begin_inset CommandInset href
145 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
156 \begin_inset Newline newline
160 \begin_inset Newline newline
164 \begin_inset Note Note
167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
168 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
169 \begin_inset Newline newline
174 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
184 LatexCommand tableofcontents
191 \begin_layout Chapter
195 \begin_layout Section
199 \begin_layout Standard
200 LyX is a document preparation system.
201 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
202 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
203 It is unlike most other
204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
211 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
213 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
214 \begin_inset Quotes eld
218 \begin_inset Quotes erd
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
229 pt type, left justified, 5
230 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
238 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
242 \begin_layout Standard
243 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
260 \begin_layout Standard
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
273 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
274 the format of all of the manuals.
275 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
276 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 \begin_layout Section
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
300 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
301 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
305 \begin_layout Standard
306 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
307 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
308 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
310 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
311 only a vertical scrollbar.
312 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
313 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
314 This, however, is due
315 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
316 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
317 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
318 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
320 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
321 this doesn't work for equations yet.
324 \begin_layout Standard
325 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
333 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
338 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
339 ing sections of this documentation.
342 \begin_layout Section
346 \begin_layout Standard
347 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
352 of the manuals from inside LyX.
353 Just select the manual you want read from the
360 \begin_layout Section
362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
364 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
371 \begin_layout Standard
372 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
373 without resorting to configuration files.
374 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
375 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
376 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
381 \begin_inset Index idx
384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
391 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
392 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
393 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
397 \begin_inset space \space{}
400 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
401 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
403 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
407 \begin_inset Index idx
410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
411 Reconfiguration of LyX
416 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
419 \begin_layout Section
421 \begin_inset CommandInset label
423 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
430 \begin_layout Standard
431 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
432 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
455 that will be created when using the menu
457 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
476 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
477 \begin_inset Note Note
480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
481 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
489 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
490 More about TeX Code is described in section
495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
497 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
501 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
508 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
518 \begin_inset Index idx
521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
522 Reconfiguration of LyX
530 \begin_layout Chapter
534 \begin_layout Section
535 Basic File Operations
536 \begin_inset Index idx
539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
548 \begin_layout Standard
553 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
554 in addition to some more advanced operations:
557 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_inset Graphics
562 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
570 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_inset Graphics
595 filename ../images/file-open.png
596 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
603 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_inset Graphics
616 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
624 \begin_layout Itemize
634 \begin_layout Itemize
648 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_layout Itemize
676 \begin_inset Graphics
677 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
678 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_layout Standard
692 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
693 a few minor differences.
696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
711 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
712 you for a template to use.
713 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
714 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
715 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
723 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
730 \begin_layout Standard
732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
755 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
756 space is just that — a big, blank space.
759 \begin_layout Standard
780 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
785 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
810 will reload the document from disk.
811 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
812 and want to restore it to the last save.
821 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
822 can identify them as your changes.
825 \begin_layout Section
826 Basic Editing Features
827 \begin_inset Index idx
830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
839 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
846 \begin_layout Standard
847 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
848 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
849 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
850 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
852 We'll start with cut and paste.
855 \begin_layout Standard
856 As you might expect, the
860 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
861 various other editing features.
862 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
866 \begin_layout Itemize
872 \begin_inset Graphics
873 filename ../images/cut.png
874 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
881 \begin_layout Itemize
887 \begin_inset Graphics
888 filename ../images/copy.png
889 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
896 \begin_layout Itemize
902 \begin_inset Graphics
903 filename ../images/paste.png
904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
911 \begin_layout Itemize
921 \begin_layout Itemize
931 \begin_layout Itemize
945 \begin_inset Graphics
946 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
947 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
955 \begin_layout Standard
956 The first three are self-explanatory.
957 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
958 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
967 keys also functions as the
972 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
973 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
978 to get back the lost text.
981 \begin_layout Standard
982 \begin_inset Index idx
985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
991 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1000 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1003 \begin_layout Standard
1006 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1011 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1022 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1028 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1032 \begin_inset space ~
1037 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1038 will start a new paragraph.
1041 \begin_layout Standard
1042 \begin_inset Index idx
1045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1052 \begin_inset Index idx
1055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1063 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1081 \begin_inset space ~
1087 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1092 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1095 \begin_inset space ~
1104 \begin_inset space ~
1109 button to skip the current word.
1113 \begin_inset space ~
1118 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1122 \begin_inset space ~
1127 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1129 If the toggle is set, searching for
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1141 will not match the word
1142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1156 Match whole words only
1158 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1171 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1189 \begin_layout Standard
1190 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1191 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1193 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1198 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1205 \begin_layout Section
1207 \begin_inset Index idx
1210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1217 \begin_inset Index idx
1220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1229 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1236 \begin_layout Standard
1237 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1238 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1244 or the toolbar button
1245 \begin_inset Graphics
1246 filename ../images/undo.png
1247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1251 to undo some mistake.
1252 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../images/redo.png
1260 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1265 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1272 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1273 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1276 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1279 \begin_layout Standard
1280 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1289 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1290 This is a consequence of the 100
1291 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1294 step undo limit, above.
1297 \begin_layout Standard
1306 work on almost everything in LyX.
1307 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1311 \begin_layout Section
1313 \begin_inset Index idx
1316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1325 \begin_layout Standard
1326 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1339 once anywhere in the edit window.
1340 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1344 \begin_layout Enumerate
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1355 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1358 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1361 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1364 \begin_layout Itemize
1365 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1367 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 \begin_layout Enumerate
1375 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1379 \begin_layout Standard
1380 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1381 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1385 \begin_layout Enumerate
1390 \begin_layout Standard
1395 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1400 \begin_layout Section
1402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1404 name "sec:Navigating"
1409 \begin_inset Index idx
1412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1421 \begin_layout Standard
1422 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1425 \begin_layout Itemize
1430 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1431 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1434 \begin_layout Itemize
1437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1440 or the toolbar button
1441 \begin_inset Graphics
1442 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1450 \begin_layout Standard
1451 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1452 (TOC) that is described in section
1453 \begin_inset space ~
1457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1459 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1464 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1465 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1466 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1467 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1468 to the document, see section
1469 \begin_inset space ~
1473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1475 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1484 option sorts the current list, and the
1488 option keeps it in the current view state.
1489 Keeping means that when you have e.
1490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1497 the subsections of section
1498 \begin_inset space ~
1501 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1502 \begin_inset space ~
1505 3, the subsections of section
1506 \begin_inset space ~
1509 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1514 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1515 \begin_inset space ~
1521 \begin_layout Standard
1523 \begin_inset space \space{}
1527 \begin_inset Graphics
1528 filename ../images/down.png
1529 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1534 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1539 \begin_inset space \space{}
1543 \begin_inset Graphics
1544 filename ../images/up.png
1545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1550 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1554 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1556 So you can for example move section
1557 \begin_inset space ~
1561 \begin_inset space ~
1565 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1567 \begin_inset Graphics
1568 filename ../images/promote.png
1569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 \begin_inset Graphics
1575 filename ../images/demote.png
1576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1580 or the corresponding key bindings
1588 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1589 So you can for example make section
1590 \begin_inset space ~
1594 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_inset space ~
1604 \begin_layout Standard
1606 \begin_inset Graphics
1607 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1613 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1614 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1615 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1616 go back to your last editing position.
1619 \begin_layout Section
1621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1631 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1636 \begin_inset Index idx
1639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1646 \begin_inset Index idx
1649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1680 \begin_layout Standard
1681 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1683 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1684 is used to propose completions.
1687 \begin_layout Standard
1688 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1689 there are completions available.
1690 You can then press the
1694 key to use this completion.
1695 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1696 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1697 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1704 \begin_layout Standard
1705 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1707 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1710 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1712 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1715 by deselecting the option
1722 Automatic inline completion
1724 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1725 To accept this proposal, use the
1734 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1735 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1737 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1741 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1743 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1750 \begin_layout Section
1752 \begin_inset Index idx
1755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1762 \begin_inset Index idx
1765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1794 \begin_inset Index idx
1797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1830 LyX's default is CUA.
1833 \begin_layout Standard
1837 \begin_inset space ~
1845 \begin_inset space ~
1866 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1870 \begin_layout Labeling
1871 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1875 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1876 LatexCommand nomenclature
1878 description "Tabulator key"
1884 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1885 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1886 \begin_inset space ~
1890 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1892 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1899 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1903 , especially section
1904 \begin_inset space ~
1908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1910 reference "sub:Lists"
1916 If you're still confused, look in the
1923 \begin_layout Labeling
1924 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1928 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1929 LatexCommand nomenclature
1931 description "Escape key"
1938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1945 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1946 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1949 \begin_layout Labeling
1950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1956 \begin_inset space ~
1960 \begin_inset space ~
1967 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1968 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1972 \begin_layout Standard
1973 There are three modifier keys:
1976 \begin_layout Labeling
1977 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1991 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1995 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1996 LatexCommand nomenclature
1998 description "Control key"
2002 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2003 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2007 \begin_layout Itemize
2016 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2019 \begin_layout Itemize
2028 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2031 \begin_layout Itemize
2040 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2044 \begin_layout Labeling
2045 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2063 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2064 LatexCommand nomenclature
2066 description "Shift key"
2070 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2071 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2074 \begin_layout Labeling
2075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2081 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2093 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2094 LatexCommand nomenclature
2096 description "Alt or Meta key"
2100 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2101 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2102 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2108 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2110 menu accelerator keys
2113 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2114 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2118 \begin_layout Standard
2119 For example, the sequence
2120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2126 \begin_inset space ~
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2136 \begin_inset space ~
2144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2163 \begin_inset space ~
2169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2179 \begin_layout Standard
2184 manual lists all other things bound to the
2192 \begin_layout Standard
2193 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2194 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2195 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2196 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2197 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2198 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2199 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2200 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2216 followed by a capital
2223 \begin_layout Standard
2224 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2226 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2231 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2234 as explained in sec.
2235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2241 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2248 \begin_layout Chapter
2250 \begin_inset Index idx
2253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2262 \begin_layout Section
2264 \begin_inset Index idx
2267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2276 \begin_layout Subsection
2280 \begin_layout Standard
2281 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2282 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2283 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2284 numbering schemes, and so on.
2285 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2286 and format the title of your document differently.
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2294 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2295 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2296 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2297 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2298 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2301 \begin_layout Standard
2302 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2303 how to adjust their properties.
2306 \begin_layout Subsection
2308 \begin_inset Index idx
2311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2320 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2327 \begin_layout Standard
2328 You can select a class using the
2330 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2332 \begin_inset Index idx
2335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2344 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2352 \begin_layout Standard
2353 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 Article for basic articles
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Report for basic reports
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Book for writing a book
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Letter for US-style letters
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2374 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2376 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2377 can be found in chapter
2379 Special Document Classes
2388 \begin_layout Description
2389 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2392 \begin_layout Description
2399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2408 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2412 \begin_layout Description
2413 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2414 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2415 There are three article layouts available.
2416 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2417 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2418 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2419 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2424 sequential numbering
2425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2428 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2429 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2430 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2431 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2434 \begin_layout Description
2435 Beamer Layout for presentations
2438 \begin_layout Description
2439 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2440 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2444 \begin_layout Description
2446 \begin_inset space ~
2449 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2452 \begin_layout Description
2453 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2456 \begin_layout Description
2459 Die TeXnische Komödie
2461 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2464 \begin_layout Description
2465 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2468 \begin_layout Description
2469 Foils Used to make transparencies
2472 \begin_layout Description
2473 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2478 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2484 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2487 \begin_layout Description
2488 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2491 \begin_layout Description
2492 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2495 \begin_layout Description
2496 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2497 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2500 \begin_layout Description
2501 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2504 \begin_layout Description
2509 LaTeX document class
2512 \begin_layout Description
2513 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2516 \begin_layout Description
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2528 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2529 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2531 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2534 \begin_layout Description
2535 Slides Used to make transparencies
2538 \begin_layout Description
2540 \begin_inset space ~
2543 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2544 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2547 \begin_layout Description
2548 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2551 \begin_layout Description
2556 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2559 \begin_layout Standard
2560 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2562 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2567 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2568 of the document classes.
2571 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2573 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2580 \begin_inset Index idx
2583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 \begin_layout Standard
2593 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2594 in the chosen document class.
2595 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2597 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2598 the corresponding module in the
2604 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2608 \begin_inset Index idx
2611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2622 \begin_layout Standard
2623 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2631 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2632 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2640 \begin_layout Standard
2641 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2649 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2657 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2661 \begin_layout Standard
2662 Each class has a default set of options.
2663 Here's a quick table describing them:
2666 \begin_layout Standard
2667 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2673 \begin_layout Standard
2675 \begin_inset Tabular
2676 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2677 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2678 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2679 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2680 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2681 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3136 \begin_layout Standard
3137 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3143 \begin_layout Standard
3144 You're probably also wondering what
3145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3149 \begin_inset space ~
3153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3157 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3158 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3163 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3168 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3178 headings, there are also
3186 headings, and so on.
3187 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3188 \begin_inset space ~
3192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3194 reference "sub:Headings"
3201 \begin_layout Subsection
3203 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3205 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3210 \begin_inset Index idx
3213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3222 \begin_inset Index idx
3225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3237 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3248 \begin_inset space ~
3253 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3255 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3256 to use for your document.
3257 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3261 \begin_layout Standard
3268 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3274 \begin_inset space ~
3279 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3280 You can choose between the following five options:
3283 \begin_layout Labeling
3284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3289 Use default page style of current class.
3292 \begin_layout Labeling
3293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3298 No page numbers or headings.
3301 \begin_layout Labeling
3302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 \begin_layout Labeling
3311 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3316 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3317 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3318 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3321 \begin_layout Labeling
3322 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3327 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3333 \begin_inset Index idx
3336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3337 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3343 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3344 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3346 Check the documentation for the
3350 package for more details,
3351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3360 \begin_layout Standard
3365 of paragraphs is described in section
3366 \begin_inset space ~
3370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3372 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3379 \begin_layout Subsection
3380 Paper Size and Orientation
3381 \begin_inset Index idx
3384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3385 Document ! Paper size
3391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3393 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3400 \begin_layout Standard
3401 You'll find the following options in the menu
3404 \begin_inset space ~
3409 of the dialog of the
3411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3417 \begin_inset Index idx
3420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3429 \begin_layout Labeling
3430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3434 \begin_inset space ~
3439 What size paper to print on.
3443 \begin_layout Itemize
3449 \begin_layout Itemize
3459 \begin_layout Itemize
3465 \begin_layout Itemize
3471 \begin_layout Itemize
3477 \begin_layout Itemize
3483 \begin_layout Itemize
3489 \begin_layout Labeling
3490 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3495 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3506 \begin_layout Labeling
3507 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3511 \begin_inset space ~
3516 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3517 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3520 \begin_layout Subsection
3522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3529 \begin_inset Index idx
3532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3539 \begin_inset Index idx
3542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 Paper margins are set in the menu
3554 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3558 \begin_inset Index idx
3561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3570 \begin_layout Standard
3571 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3572 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3573 the paper format and the font size into account.
3576 \begin_layout Subsection
3580 \begin_layout Standard
3581 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3586 That includes the paragraph environments.
3587 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3588 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3589 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3590 paragraph environments to
3594 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3595 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3596 the conversion and why it failed.
3599 \begin_layout Section
3600 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3601 \begin_inset Index idx
3604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3605 Paragraph ! Indentation
3613 \begin_layout Subsection
3615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3617 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3626 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3629 \begin_layout Standard
3630 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3631 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3632 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3633 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3637 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3643 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3644 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3645 language than English.
3646 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3649 \begin_layout Standard
3650 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3651 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3653 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3654 LyX takes care of that.
3655 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3657 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3658 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3659 of a page, and so on.
3663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3669 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3670 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3674 of these pre-coded spacings.
3675 We'll explain more later.
3678 \begin_layout Subsection
3679 Paragraph Separation
3680 \begin_inset Index idx
3683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3684 Paragraph ! Separation
3692 \begin_layout Standard
3693 To separate paragraphs, select
3704 \begin_inset space ~
3711 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3715 \begin_inset Index idx
3718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3724 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3725 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3726 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3729 \begin_layout Standard
3739 \begin_layout Standard
3740 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3741 \begin_inset space ~
3745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3747 reference "cap:Units"
3752 The default length is 30
3753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3759 \begin_layout Subsection
3763 \begin_layout Standard
3764 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3767 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3769 \begin_inset space ~
3774 dialog and toggle the
3777 \begin_inset space ~
3782 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3785 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3789 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3790 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3794 \begin_layout Standard
3795 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3796 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3799 \begin_layout Subsection
3801 \begin_inset Index idx
3804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3813 \begin_layout Standard
3816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3820 \begin_inset Index idx
3823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3832 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3835 \begin_inset space ~
3844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3850 \begin_inset Index idx
3853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3854 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3859 installed to use this feature.
3867 \begin_layout Section
3868 Paragraph Environments
3869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3871 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3876 \begin_inset Index idx
3879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Paragraph ! Environments
3886 \begin_inset Index idx
3889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3890 Paragraph environments|(
3898 \begin_layout Subsection
3902 \begin_layout Standard
3903 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3906 \begin_layout Standard
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3929 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3930 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3939 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3942 \begin_layout Standard
3943 A paragraph environment is simply a
3944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3951 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3952 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3953 scheme, labels, and so on.
3954 Additionally, you can
3955 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3962 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3963 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3964 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3965 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3966 days of typewriters.
3967 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3969 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3972 \begin_layout Standard
3973 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3974 \begin_inset Graphics
3975 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3981 at the left end of the toolbar.
3982 LyX will change the environment of the
3986 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3987 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3988 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3992 \begin_layout Standard
4001 create a new paragraph using the
4005 paragraph environment.
4007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4014 because if you are in one of these environments:
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 \begin_layout Itemize
4029 \begin_layout Itemize
4035 \begin_layout Itemize
4041 \begin_layout Itemize
4047 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 \begin_layout Itemize
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4060 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4064 , rather than resetting it to
4069 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4070 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4071 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4072 \begin_inset space ~
4076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4078 reference "sec:Nesting"
4083 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4088 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4089 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4093 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4099 \begin_layout Subsection
4103 \begin_layout Standard
4104 The default paragraph environment is
4109 It creates a plain paragraph.
4110 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4111 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4112 this manual) are in the
4119 \begin_layout Standard
4120 You can nest a paragraph using the
4124 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4132 \begin_layout Subsection
4134 \begin_inset Index idx
4137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4146 \begin_layout Standard
4147 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4156 for thanks or contact information.
4157 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4158 page along with today's date.
4159 For other types of documents, the title
4160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4167 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4171 \begin_layout Standard
4172 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4186 Here's how you use them:
4189 \begin_layout Itemize
4190 Put the title of your document in the
4197 \begin_layout Itemize
4198 Put the author name in the
4205 \begin_layout Itemize
4206 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4207 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4213 Note that using this environment is optional.
4214 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4215 If you don't want any date, add the line
4216 \begin_inset Newline newline
4226 \begin_inset Newline newline
4229 to the preamble of your document (menu
4231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4237 \begin_layout Standard
4238 You can use footnotes to insert
4239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4246 or contact information.
4249 \begin_layout Subsection
4251 \begin_inset Index idx
4254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4261 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4270 \begin_layout Standard
4271 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4272 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4275 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4277 \begin_inset Index idx
4280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4281 Section headings ! Numbered
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4290 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4294 \begin_layout Enumerate
4300 \begin_layout Enumerate
4306 \begin_layout Enumerate
4312 \begin_layout Enumerate
4318 \begin_layout Enumerate
4324 \begin_layout Enumerate
4330 \begin_layout Enumerate
4336 \begin_layout Standard
4337 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4338 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4339 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4342 \begin_layout Standard
4343 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4344 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4345 You group the book into chapters.
4346 LyX does similar grouping:
4349 \begin_layout Itemize
4354 is divided in either
4365 \begin_layout Itemize
4377 \begin_layout Itemize
4389 \begin_layout Itemize
4401 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 \begin_layout Standard
4426 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4434 Not all document types use the
4438 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4443 is the top-level heading.
4451 \begin_layout Standard
4456 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4457 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4459 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4473 \begin_inset Index idx
4476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4485 \begin_layout Standard
4486 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4490 \begin_layout Enumerate
4496 \begin_layout Enumerate
4502 \begin_layout Enumerate
4508 \begin_layout Enumerate
4514 \begin_layout Enumerate
4520 \begin_layout Standard
4522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4529 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4530 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4531 table of contents, see section
4532 \begin_inset space ~
4536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4546 Changing the Numbering
4547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4549 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4556 \begin_layout Standard
4557 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4558 in the Table of Contents.
4559 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4561 Certain classes start with
4575 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4585 This is something you can change.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4597 \begin_inset Index idx
4600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4611 \begin_inset space ~
4615 \begin_inset space ~
4620 you'll see two counters.
4625 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4627 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4631 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4632 Short Titles of Headings
4633 \begin_inset Index idx
4636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4637 Section headings ! Short titles
4646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4653 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4662 \begin_layout Standard
4663 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4664 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4665 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4666 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4671 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4672 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4673 To specify a short title, use the menu
4675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4677 \begin_inset space ~
4683 This will insert a box labeled
4684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4692 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4696 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4699 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4700 This also works for captions inside floats.
4703 \begin_layout Standard
4704 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4707 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4711 \begin_layout Standard
4712 The following information applies to all section headings:
4715 \begin_layout Itemize
4716 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4719 \begin_layout Itemize
4720 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4723 \begin_layout Itemize
4724 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4727 \begin_layout Itemize
4728 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4731 \begin_layout Subsection
4732 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4735 \begin_layout Standard
4736 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4750 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4751 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4752 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4753 the text they contain.
4754 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4762 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4765 \begin_layout Standard
4766 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4775 when you start a new paragraph.
4776 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4780 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4781 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4782 to change back to the
4786 environment yourself.
4789 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4799 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4806 \begin_inset Index idx
4809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4818 \begin_layout Standard
4819 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4820 time for the differences.
4829 are identical except for one difference:
4833 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4842 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4845 \begin_layout Standard
4846 Here's an example of the
4859 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4861 See – no indentation!
4865 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4866 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4867 the other paragraph.
4870 \begin_layout Standard
4871 Here's another example, this time in the
4878 \begin_layout Quotation
4884 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4885 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4886 the first line, then
4890 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4894 you were quoting other text.
4897 \begin_layout Quotation
4898 Here's a new paragraph.
4899 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4900 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4903 \begin_layout Standard
4904 As the examples show,
4908 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4909 They should put quotes in the
4914 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4918 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4927 \begin_inset Index idx
4930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4939 \begin_inset Index idx
4942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4958 \begin_layout Standard
4963 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4969 \begin_inset Newline newline
4972 Which I did not rehearse!
4976 It could be much worse.
4977 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4979 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4980 indented a bit more than the first.
4981 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4987 \begin_inset Newline newline
4990 And make things look fine
4991 \begin_inset Newline newline
4997 arg "newline-insert newline"
5003 \begin_layout Standard
5008 does not indent both margins.
5009 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5010 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5017 arg "newline-insert newline"
5023 \begin_layout Subsection
5025 \begin_inset Index idx
5028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5044 \begin_layout Standard
5045 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5055 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5064 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5065 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5066 some general features of all four of them.
5069 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5073 \begin_layout Standard
5074 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5076 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5085 reset the environment to
5089 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5090 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5091 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5095 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5098 to break paragraphs.
5101 \begin_layout Standard
5102 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5103 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5105 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5106 you read all of section
5107 \begin_inset space ~
5111 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5113 reference "sec:Nesting"
5121 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5127 \begin_inset Index idx
5130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5146 \begin_layout Standard
5147 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5151 paragraph environment.
5152 It has the following properties:
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5160 \begin_layout Itemize
5161 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5164 \begin_layout Itemize
5165 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5169 \begin_layout Itemize
5170 The items can have any length.
5171 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5172 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5179 \begin_layout Itemize
5184 environment inside another
5188 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5192 \begin_layout Itemize
5193 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5196 \begin_layout Itemize
5197 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5200 \begin_layout Itemize
5202 \begin_inset space ~
5206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5208 reference "sec:Nesting"
5212 for a full explanation of nesting.
5216 \begin_layout Standard
5217 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5226 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5229 \begin_layout Standard
5230 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5231 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5234 \begin_layout Itemize
5235 The label for the first level
5239 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5243 \begin_layout Itemize
5244 The label for the second level is a dash.
5248 \begin_layout Itemize
5249 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5253 \begin_layout Itemize
5254 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5258 \begin_layout Itemize
5259 Back out to the third level.
5263 \begin_layout Itemize
5264 Back to the second level.
5268 \begin_layout Itemize
5269 Back to the outermost level.
5272 \begin_layout Standard
5273 These are the default labels for an
5278 You can customize these labels in the
5280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5283 dialog in the submenu
5290 \begin_inset Index idx
5293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5302 \begin_layout Standard
5303 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5304 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5306 \begin_inset space ~
5310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5312 reference "sec:Nesting"
5319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5325 \begin_inset Index idx
5328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5335 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5337 name "sec:Enumerate"
5344 \begin_layout Standard
5349 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5350 It has these properties:
5353 \begin_layout Enumerate
5354 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5359 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5363 \begin_layout Enumerate
5364 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5367 \begin_layout Enumerate
5372 environment resets the counter to one.
5375 \begin_layout Enumerate
5388 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5390 Items can have any length.
5393 \begin_layout Enumerate
5394 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5397 \begin_layout Enumerate
5398 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5401 \begin_layout Enumerate
5402 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5415 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5416 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5424 The first level of an
5428 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5432 \begin_layout Enumerate
5433 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5442 \begin_layout Enumerate
5443 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5446 \begin_layout Enumerate
5447 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5452 \begin_layout Enumerate
5453 Back to the third level
5457 \begin_layout Enumerate
5458 Back to the second level.
5462 \begin_layout Enumerate
5463 Back to the outermost level.
5466 \begin_layout Standard
5467 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5472 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5477 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5481 \begin_layout Standard
5482 There is more to nesting
5486 environments than we've stated here.
5487 You should read section
5488 \begin_inset space ~
5492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5494 reference "sec:Nesting"
5498 to learn more about nesting.
5501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5507 \begin_inset Index idx
5510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5519 \begin_layout Standard
5520 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5524 list has no fixed label.
5525 Instead, LyX uses the first
5526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5533 of the first line as the label.
5537 \begin_layout Description
5538 Example: This is an example of the
5545 \begin_layout Standard
5546 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5550 \begin_layout Standard
5552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5556 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5559 it is meant that the first hit of the
5563 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5565 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5573 arg "space-insert protected"
5578 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5579 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5581 \begin_inset space ~
5587 \begin_inset space ~
5591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5593 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5597 for more info.) Here is an example:
5600 \begin_layout Description
5602 \begin_inset space ~
5605 Example: This one shows how to use a
5608 \begin_inset space ~
5620 \begin_layout Description
5621 Usage: You should use the
5625 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5626 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5628 It's not a good idea to use a
5632 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5633 You're better off using
5645 paragraphs into them.
5648 \begin_layout Description
5649 Nesting: You can nest
5653 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5657 \begin_layout Standard
5658 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5659 them from the first line.
5662 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5668 \begin_inset Index idx
5671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5680 \begin_layout Standard
5685 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5688 \begin_layout Standard
5689 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5697 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5702 environment is named
5714 \begin_layout Standard
5723 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5724 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5727 \begin_layout Labeling
5728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5730 \begin_inset space ~
5733 labels LyX uses the first
5734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5741 of each line as the item label.
5746 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5747 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5748 blank as described above.
5751 \begin_layout Labeling
5752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5753 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5754 the body of the item text.
5755 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5756 label width plus a little extra space.
5760 \begin_layout Labeling
5761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5763 \begin_inset space ~
5766 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5768 If the label width is larger, the label
5769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5776 into the first line.
5777 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5778 margin of the rest of the item text.
5781 \begin_layout Labeling
5782 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5784 \begin_inset space ~
5787 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5792 environment have the same left margin.
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5796 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5799 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5810 \begin_inset space ~
5815 determines the default label width.
5816 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5825 multiple times instead.
5826 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5835 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5838 \begin_inset space ~
5843 every time you alter a label in a
5848 \begin_inset Newline newline
5851 The predefined default width is the length of
5852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5861 \begin_inset Newline newline
5865 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5873 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5874 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5882 \begin_layout Standard
5887 environment the same way like the
5891 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5897 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5901 \begin_layout Standard
5906 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5908 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5910 \begin_inset space ~
5914 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5916 reference "sec:Nesting"
5920 to learn about nesting.
5923 \begin_layout Standard
5924 There is yet another feature of the
5928 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5930 You can use additional
5934 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5939 are documented in section
5940 \begin_inset space ~
5944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5946 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5951 Here are some examples:
5952 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5958 \begin_layout Labeling
5959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5960 Left The default for
5967 \begin_layout Labeling
5968 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5969 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5976 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5979 \begin_layout Labeling
5980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5981 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5985 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5992 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5995 \begin_layout Subsection
5997 \begin_inset Index idx
6000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6009 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6017 \begin_inset space ~
6025 \begin_layout Standard
6026 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6034 \begin_inset space ~
6040 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6041 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6042 In contrast, you can use the
6049 \begin_inset space ~
6054 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6055 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6059 \begin_layout Standard
6060 Of course, you're not limited to using
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6076 \begin_inset space ~
6081 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6082 some European academic papers.
6085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6089 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6096 \begin_layout Standard
6101 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6102 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6106 \begin_inset space ~
6111 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6112 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6113 Here's an example of each:
6116 \begin_layout Right Address
6118 \begin_inset Newline newline
6122 \begin_inset Newline newline
6126 \begin_inset Newline newline
6129 When is it? What is today?
6132 \begin_layout Standard
6136 \begin_inset space ~
6142 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6143 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6144 Here's an example of the
6151 \begin_layout Address
6153 \begin_inset Newline newline
6156 Where do I send this
6157 \begin_inset Newline newline
6160 Your post office and country
6163 \begin_layout Standard
6164 As you can see, both
6171 \begin_inset space ~
6176 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6181 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6187 This makes sense, since
6195 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6196 Thus, you have to use
6203 arg "newline-insert newline"
6209 \begin_inset space ~
6212 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6214 \begin_inset space ~
6223 menu) to start a new line in an
6230 \begin_inset space ~
6238 \begin_layout Subsection
6242 \begin_layout Standard
6243 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6244 or list of references.
6245 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6252 \begin_inset Index idx
6255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6264 \begin_layout Standard
6269 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6270 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6271 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6272 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6276 in anything else or vice versa.
6282 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6283 The book document classes ignores the
6287 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6291 in a letter document class.
6294 \begin_layout Standard
6299 environment does several things for you.
6300 First, it puts the centered label
6301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6309 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6311 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6312 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6313 the subsequent text.
6314 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6315 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6318 \begin_layout Standard
6319 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6323 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6324 The new paragraph will still be in the
6329 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6330 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6333 \begin_layout Standard
6334 \begin_inset Float figure
6339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset Graphics
6342 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6350 \begin_inset Caption
6352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6353 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6355 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6376 \begin_layout Standard
6377 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6381 environment, but since this document is in the
6382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6386 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6389 class, we can't do this.
6390 We inserted it therefore as figure
6391 \begin_inset space ~
6395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6397 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6402 If you've never heard of an
6403 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6410 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6413 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6419 \begin_inset Index idx
6422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6431 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6438 \begin_layout Standard
6443 environment is used to list references.
6444 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6445 only use it at the end of the document.
6450 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6453 \begin_layout Standard
6454 When you first open a
6458 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6474 depending on the document class.
6475 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6476 Each paragraph of the
6480 environment is a bibliography entry.
6485 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6486 Each new paragraph is still in the
6493 \begin_layout Standard
6494 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6495 by using a BibTeX database.
6496 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6497 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6498 \begin_inset space ~
6502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6504 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6511 \begin_layout Subsection
6515 \begin_inset Index idx
6518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6519 Paragraph ! LyX code
6525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6534 \begin_layout Standard
6539 environment is another LyX extension.
6540 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6545 key as a fixed whitespace;
6549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6561 \begin_inset space ~
6566 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6571 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6572 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6575 arg "newline-insert newline"
6592 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6593 So, when you finish using the
6597 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6598 Also, you can nest the
6602 environment inside of others.
6605 \begin_layout Standard
6606 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6609 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 arg "newline-insert newline"
6616 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6617 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6621 \begin_inset space \space{}
6631 arg "newline-insert newline"
6637 \begin_layout Itemize
6641 arg "newline-insert newline"
6652 \begin_layout Itemize
6657 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6664 \begin_layout Itemize
6668 arg "space-insert protected"
6675 \begin_layout Itemize
6676 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6677 You must put at least one
6681 in any line you want blank.
6682 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6685 \begin_layout Itemize
6686 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6690 since that will insert
6695 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6698 arg "self-insert \""
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6708 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6712 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6720 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6724 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 printf("Hello World!
6730 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6734 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6738 \begin_layout Standard
6739 This is just the standard
6740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6751 \begin_layout Standard
6756 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6757 rc-files, and so on.
6758 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6759 as if you used a typewriter.
6760 \begin_inset Index idx
6763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6764 Paragraph environments|)
6772 \begin_layout Section
6773 Nesting Environments
6774 \begin_inset Index idx
6777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6778 Nesting ! Environments
6784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6793 \begin_layout Subsection
6797 \begin_layout Standard
6798 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6800 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6802 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6804 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Enumerate
6834 \begin_layout Enumerate
6838 \begin_layout Standard
6839 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6840 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6843 \begin_inset space ~
6847 \begin_inset space ~
6855 \begin_inset space ~
6859 \begin_inset space ~
6868 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6869 will tell you how far you are nested).
6870 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6871 \begin_inset Graphics
6872 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6877 \begin_inset Graphics
6878 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6882 or the convenient key bindings
6893 arg "depth-increment"
6899 arg "depth-decrement"
6902 to change the nesting level.
6903 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6904 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6908 \begin_layout Standard
6909 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6910 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6911 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6912 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6915 \begin_layout Standard
6916 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6917 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6919 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6922 \begin_layout Subsection
6923 What You Can and Can't Nest
6926 \begin_layout Standard
6927 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6928 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6931 \begin_layout Standard
6932 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6933 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6934 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 Completely unnestable
6941 \begin_layout Itemize
6942 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6953 environments have them:
6956 \begin_layout Description
6957 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6958 Can't nest into them.
6962 \begin_layout Itemize
6968 \begin_layout Itemize
6974 \begin_layout Itemize
6980 \begin_layout Itemize
6986 \begin_layout Itemize
6993 \begin_layout Description
6995 \begin_inset space ~
6998 Nestable You can nest them.
6999 You can nest other things into them.
7003 \begin_layout Itemize
7009 \begin_layout Itemize
7015 \begin_layout Itemize
7021 \begin_layout Itemize
7027 \begin_layout Itemize
7033 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 \begin_layout Itemize
7045 \begin_layout Itemize
7052 \begin_layout Description
7053 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7054 You can't nest anything into them.
7058 \begin_layout Itemize
7064 \begin_layout Itemize
7070 \begin_layout Itemize
7076 \begin_layout Itemize
7082 \begin_layout Itemize
7088 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Itemize
7100 \begin_layout Itemize
7106 \begin_layout Itemize
7112 \begin_layout Itemize
7118 \begin_layout Itemize
7124 \begin_layout Itemize
7130 \begin_layout Itemize
7136 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_inset space ~
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Standard
7154 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7162 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7171 \begin_inset space ~
7175 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7179 \begin_inset space \space{}
7182 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7183 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7184 section headings violate this.
7192 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7194 \begin_inset Index idx
7197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7198 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7207 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7208 affected by nesting anyhow.
7212 \begin_layout Itemize
7216 \begin_layout Itemize
7220 \begin_layout Itemize
7224 \begin_layout Standard
7226 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7234 Figures and tables in
7238 are not affected by this.
7243 Have a look at section
7244 \begin_inset space ~
7248 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7250 reference "sec:Floats"
7254 for more information about
7261 \begin_layout Standard
7262 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7263 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7267 \begin_layout Standard
7268 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7273 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7276 of its own, it behaves just like a
7277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7284 paragraph environment.
7285 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7289 \begin_layout Standard
7290 Here's an example with a table:
7293 \begin_layout Enumerate
7298 \begin_layout Enumerate
7299 This is (a) and it's nested.
7303 \begin_layout Standard
7304 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7310 \begin_layout Standard
7312 \begin_inset Tabular
7313 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7314 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7315 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7316 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7400 \begin_layout Standard
7401 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7408 \begin_layout Enumerate
7410 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7414 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Standard
7419 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7422 \begin_layout Enumerate
7427 \begin_layout Enumerate
7428 This is (a) and it's nested.
7432 \begin_layout Standard
7433 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7439 \begin_layout Standard
7441 \begin_inset Tabular
7442 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7443 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7444 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7445 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7529 \begin_layout Standard
7530 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7543 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7551 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7555 \begin_layout Standard
7556 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7558 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7561 \begin_layout Enumerate
7566 \begin_layout Enumerate
7567 This is (a) and it's nested.
7570 \begin_layout Standard
7571 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7577 \begin_layout Standard
7579 \begin_inset Tabular
7580 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7581 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7582 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7583 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7668 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7674 \begin_layout Enumerate
7676 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7684 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 \begin_layout Standard
7689 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7695 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7696 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7700 \begin_layout Subsection
7701 Usage and General Features
7704 \begin_layout Standard
7705 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7714 is the innermost possible depth.
7715 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7718 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 level #1 – outermost
7723 \begin_layout Enumerate
7728 \begin_layout Enumerate
7733 \begin_layout Enumerate
7738 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Itemize
7752 \begin_layout Standard
7753 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7754 both of them in the example.
7755 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7765 For example, if we tried to nest another
7770 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7777 , we would get errors.
7780 \begin_layout Subsection
7782 \begin_inset Index idx
7785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7794 \begin_layout Standard
7795 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7796 We have several examples of nested environments.
7797 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7802 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7805 \begin_layout Labeling
7806 \labelwidthstring MMM
7807 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7816 \begin_layout Labeling
7817 \labelwidthstring MMM
7818 #2-a This is level #2.
7819 We created it by using
7822 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7828 arg "depth-increment"
7835 \begin_layout Labeling
7836 \labelwidthstring MMM
7837 #3-a This is level #3.
7838 This time, we just hit
7845 arg "depth-increment"
7849 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7853 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7859 arg "depth-increment"
7866 \begin_layout Standard
7871 environment, nested inside of
7872 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7880 So, it's at level #4.
7881 We did this by hitting
7884 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7890 arg "depth-increment"
7893 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7898 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7919 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7922 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 \begin_layout Labeling
7929 \labelwidthstring MMM
7930 #4-a This is level #4.
7934 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7937 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7942 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
7946 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7951 keep nesting things inside
7952 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7956 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7963 \begin_layout Labeling
7964 \labelwidthstring MMM
7965 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7970 \begin_layout Labeling
7971 \labelwidthstring MMM
7972 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7973 and this is level #6.
7974 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7978 \begin_layout Labeling
7979 \labelwidthstring MMM
7980 #5-b Back to level #5.
7984 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7990 arg "depth-decrement"
7997 \begin_layout Labeling
7998 \labelwidthstring MMM
8002 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8008 arg "depth-decrement"
8011 , we're back at level #4.
8015 \begin_layout Labeling
8016 \labelwidthstring MMM
8017 #3-b Back to level #3.
8018 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8022 \begin_layout Labeling
8023 \labelwidthstring MMM
8024 #2-b Back to level #2.
8029 \begin_layout Labeling
8030 \labelwidthstring MMM
8031 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8032 After this sentence, we'll hit
8036 and change the paragraph environment back to
8043 \begin_layout Standard
8044 We could have also used the
8060 environment in place of the
8065 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8068 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8069 Example 2: Inheritance
8072 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8073 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8076 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8085 arg "depth-increment"
8088 , after which, we'll change to the
8096 \begin_layout Enumerate
8101 environment, at level #2.
8104 \begin_layout Enumerate
8105 Notice how the nested
8109 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8113 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8117 \begin_layout Standard
8118 We ended this example by hitting
8123 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8127 and reset the nesting depth by using
8130 arg "depth-decrement"
8136 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8137 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8150 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8158 \begin_layout Enumerate
8159 This is level #1, in an
8163 paragraph environment.
8164 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8168 \begin_layout Enumerate
8173 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8179 arg "depth-increment"
8183 Now, what happens if we nest an
8187 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8188 label be? An asterisk?
8192 \begin_layout Itemize
8202 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8203 So, its label is a bullet.
8204 (We got here by using
8207 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8213 arg "depth-increment"
8216 , then changing the environment to
8224 \begin_layout Itemize
8225 Here's level #4, produced using
8228 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8234 arg "depth-increment"
8238 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8243 \begin_layout Enumerate
8244 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8246 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8251 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8255 , because we are in the
8264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8288 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8289 type of numbering does LyX use?
8292 \begin_layout Enumerate
8293 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8296 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8299 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8302 \begin_layout Enumerate
8306 arg "depth-decrement"
8309 to decrease the depth after the next
8312 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8319 \begin_layout Enumerate
8321 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8325 \begin_layout Enumerate
8327 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8328 numeral as the label.Why?
8331 \begin_layout Enumerate
8332 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8341 Notice, however, that LyX
8345 reset the counter for the label.
8349 \begin_layout Enumerate
8353 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8359 arg "depth-decrement"
8362 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8363 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8364 into the twofold-nested
8372 \begin_layout Enumerate
8373 The same thing happens if we do another
8376 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8382 arg "depth-decrement"
8385 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8388 \begin_layout Standard
8389 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8394 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8408 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8414 The same rule applies for the
8418 environment, as well.
8421 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8425 \begin_layout Enumerate
8426 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8427 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8428 same detail with how we did it.
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8445 arg "depth-increment"
8452 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8453 example in parentheses someplace.
8454 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8455 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8456 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8460 \begin_layout Enumerate
8465 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8470 Now we'll add verse.
8471 \begin_inset Newline newline
8474 It will get much worse.
8475 \begin_inset Newline newline
8485 arg "depth-increment"
8496 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8497 \begin_inset Newline newline
8500 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8501 \begin_inset Newline newline
8507 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8520 \begin_layout Standard
8521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8527 \begin_layout Standard
8529 \begin_inset Tabular
8530 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8531 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8622 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8632 arg "depth-increment"
8638 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8648 arg "depth-decrement"
8655 \begin_layout Enumerate
8660 : level #1) This is another item.
8661 Note that selecting a
8665 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8666 3 times to put the table inside the
8674 \begin_layout Quotation
8675 We're now ending the
8679 list and changing to
8684 We're still at level #1.
8685 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8686 The next set of paragraphs is a
8687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8701 \begin_inset space ~
8706 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8710 for the letter body.
8714 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8717 to preserve the depth.
8718 Remember that you need to use
8721 arg "newline-insert newline"
8724 to create multiple lines inside the
8731 \begin_inset space ~
8741 \begin_layout Right Address
8743 \begin_inset Newline newline
8746 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8753 \begin_layout Address
8755 \begin_inset space ~
8761 \begin_layout Quotation
8762 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8763 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8766 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8767 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8768 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8769 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8770 as soon as possible.
8771 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8774 \begin_layout Quotation
8775 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8776 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8777 with your order, along with payment.
8780 \begin_layout Quotation
8781 We thank you again for your patience.
8784 \begin_layout Address
8786 \begin_inset Newline newline
8793 \begin_layout Quotation
8794 That ends that example!
8797 \begin_layout Standard
8798 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8799 just a few keystrokes.
8800 We could have easily nested an
8821 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8824 \begin_layout Section
8825 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8826 \begin_inset Index idx
8829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8838 \begin_layout Standard
8839 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8840 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8841 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8842 be broken at the end of a line.
8843 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8847 \begin_layout Subsection
8849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8851 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8856 \begin_inset Index idx
8859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8868 \begin_layout Standard
8869 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8871 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8875 Further documentation is given in section
8876 \begin_inset Newline newline
8880 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8882 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8890 \begin_layout Standard
8891 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8906 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8915 A protected space is set with
8917 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8918 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8922 \begin_inset space ~
8932 arg "space-insert protected"
8938 \begin_layout Subsection
8940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8942 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8947 \begin_inset Index idx
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8951 Spacing ! Horizontal
8959 \begin_layout Standard
8960 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8967 The length units are listed in Appendix
8968 \begin_inset space ~
8972 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8974 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8981 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8985 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8990 \begin_inset Index idx
8993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9002 \begin_layout Standard
9004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 \begin_inset space \space{}
9011 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9012 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9013 \begin_inset space ~
9017 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9019 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9024 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9025 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9028 arg "space-insert normal"
9034 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9036 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9038 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9043 \begin_inset Index idx
9046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9055 \begin_layout Standard
9057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9073 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9074 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9075 inside abbreviations:
9080 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9084 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9087 \begin_layout Standard
9088 or between values and units.
9089 Compare for example this:
9090 \begin_inset Newline newline
9094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9098 \begin_inset Newline newline
9104 \begin_layout Standard
9105 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9107 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9108 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9110 \begin_inset space ~
9118 arg "space-insert thin"
9124 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9128 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9135 \begin_layout Standard
9136 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9139 \begin_layout Description
9141 \begin_inset space ~
9145 \begin_inset space ~
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9153 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9157 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9160 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9163 \begin_layout Description
9165 \begin_inset space ~
9169 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9173 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9177 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9181 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9188 em) space between the arrows.
9191 \begin_layout Description
9193 \begin_inset space ~
9197 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9201 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9205 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9209 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9213 \begin_inset space ~
9217 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9220 em) space between the arrows.
9223 \begin_layout Description
9225 \begin_inset space ~
9229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9233 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9237 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9241 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9245 \begin_inset space ~
9249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9252 em) space between the arrows.
9255 \begin_layout Description
9257 \begin_inset space ~
9261 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9265 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9277 cm space between the arrows.
9280 \begin_layout Standard
9282 \begin_inset space ~
9286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9288 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9292 lists the different space sizes.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 \begin_inset Float table
9301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9303 \begin_inset Caption
9305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9308 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9312 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9322 \begin_inset Tabular
9323 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9324 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9325 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9366 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9414 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9438 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9494 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9543 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9549 \begin_inset Index idx
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 \begin_layout Standard
9562 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9563 in a uniform fashion.
9564 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9565 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9566 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9567 equally between themselves.
9571 \begin_layout Standard
9572 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9577 This is on the left side
9578 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9581 This is on the right
9587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9591 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9600 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9614 \begin_layout Standard
9615 That was an example in the
9621 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9629 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9632 is one in a standard paragraph.
9633 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9637 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9640 \begin_layout Standard
9641 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9644 \begin_inset space ~
9649 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9652 \begin_layout Standard
9654 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9664 \begin_layout Standard
9666 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9670 \begin_inset space ~
9676 \begin_layout Standard
9678 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9682 \begin_inset space ~
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9690 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9694 \begin_inset space ~
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9706 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_layout Standard
9714 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9718 \begin_inset space ~
9724 \begin_layout Standard
9725 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9733 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9737 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9738 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9739 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9743 option in the space dialog.
9751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9753 \begin_inset Index idx
9756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9766 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9772 \begin_inset space \space{}
9775 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9778 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9782 What is correct English?:
9783 \begin_inset Newline newline
9787 \begin_inset Newline newline
9791 \begin_inset space ~
9794 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9795 \begin_inset Newline newline
9802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9813 \begin_inset Newline newline
9820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9831 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9837 \begin_layout Standard
9838 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9843 \begin_inset space ~
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9855 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9873 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9877 for more information about TeX-Code.
9883 In our case write the command
9890 (note the space after
9891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9898 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9899 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9900 That is why it is named
9901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9913 There exists also the commands
9925 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9926 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9927 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9929 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9941 \begin_layout Subsection
9943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9945 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9950 \begin_inset Index idx
9953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9962 \begin_layout Standard
9963 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9965 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9966 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 \begin_inset space ~
9974 There you find the following sizes:
9977 \begin_layout Standard
9990 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9995 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9997 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10001 \begin_inset Index idx
10004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 Document ! Settings
10010 for the paragraph separation.
10011 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10022 \begin_layout Standard
10028 \begin_inset Index idx
10031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10037 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10038 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10040 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10041 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10050 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10059 s are described in section
10060 \begin_inset space ~
10064 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10066 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10075 If there are several
10079 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10080 You can therefore use
10084 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10087 \begin_layout Standard
10092 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10093 \begin_inset space ~
10097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10099 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10106 \begin_layout Standard
10107 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10117 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10118 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10130 \begin_layout Subsection
10131 Paragraph Alignment
10134 \begin_layout Standard
10135 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10137 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10141 There are five possibilities:
10144 \begin_layout Itemize
10152 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10158 \begin_layout Itemize
10166 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10172 \begin_layout Itemize
10180 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10186 \begin_layout Itemize
10194 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10200 \begin_layout Itemize
10208 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10214 \begin_layout Standard
10215 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10216 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10217 the left and right margins.
10218 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10223 This paragraph is right aligned,
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10228 this one is centered,
10231 \begin_layout Standard
10233 this one is left aligned.
10236 \begin_layout Subsection
10238 \begin_inset Index idx
10241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10242 Page breaks ! Forced
10248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10250 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10257 \begin_layout Standard
10258 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10259 can force a page break where you want one.
10260 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10261 Only if you use a lot of
10265 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10268 \begin_layout Standard
10269 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10270 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10274 have to change the page breaking.
10277 \begin_layout Standard
10278 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10280 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10283 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_inset space ~
10291 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10293 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10294 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10301 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10303 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10304 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10307 \begin_layout Standard
10308 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10309 at the top of a page.
10310 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10311 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10312 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10313 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10317 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10321 to learn more about
10328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10330 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10332 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10337 \begin_inset Index idx
10340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10341 Page breaks ! Clear
10349 \begin_layout Standard
10350 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10351 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10352 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10353 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10354 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10357 \begin_layout Standard
10358 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10361 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10363 \begin_inset space ~
10369 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10371 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10372 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10374 \begin_inset space ~
10378 \begin_inset space ~
10383 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10384 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10387 \begin_layout Subsection
10389 \begin_inset Index idx
10392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10401 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10408 \begin_layout Standard
10409 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10411 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10413 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10414 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10416 \begin_inset space ~
10420 \begin_inset space ~
10428 arg "newline-insert newline"
10432 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10434 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10435 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10437 \begin_inset space ~
10441 \begin_inset space ~
10446 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10448 This is necessary to avoid
10449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10456 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10459 \begin_layout Standard
10460 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10461 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10462 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10463 set a line break, e.
10464 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10468 \begin_inset space \space{}
10471 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10472 \begin_inset space ~
10476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10478 reference "sec:Quote"
10483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10485 reference "sec:Verse"
10490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10492 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10499 \begin_layout Subsection
10501 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10503 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10508 \begin_inset Index idx
10511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10520 \begin_layout Standard
10525 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10526 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10528 \begin_inset space ~
10533 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10539 \begin_layout Section
10540 Characters and Symbols
10543 \begin_layout Standard
10544 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10545 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10550 \begin_inset space \space{}
10553 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10561 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10565 for information on how this is done.
10568 \begin_layout Standard
10569 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10574 dialog via the menu
10576 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10577 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10583 \begin_layout Standard
10584 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10592 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10593 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10594 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10602 \begin_layout Section
10603 Fonts and Text Styles
10604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10606 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10613 \begin_layout Subsection
10615 \begin_inset Index idx
10618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 There are two types of fonts:
10631 \begin_layout Description
10633 \begin_inset space ~
10637 \begin_inset Index idx
10640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10646 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10647 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10651 characters) in the font.
10652 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10653 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10654 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10655 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10656 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10657 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10658 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10659 \begin_inset Newline newline
10662 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10663 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10664 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10665 sizes than at small ones.
10666 \begin_inset Newline newline
10680 \begin_inset space ~
10688 \begin_layout Description
10690 \begin_inset space ~
10694 \begin_inset Index idx
10697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10703 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10704 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10705 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10706 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10707 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10708 picture manipulation program.
10709 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10710 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10711 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10712 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10713 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10715 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10716 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10717 \begin_inset Newline newline
10720 Bitmap fonts are named
10723 \begin_inset space ~
10728 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10732 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10733 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10734 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10735 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10736 use scalable fonts.
10739 \begin_layout Standard
10740 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10741 its document properties.
10744 \begin_layout Standard
10745 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10746 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10747 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10748 font to emphasize text, you use an
10749 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10753 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10757 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10758 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10762 \begin_layout Subsection
10763 Document Font and Font size
10764 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10766 name "sub:Document-Font"
10771 \begin_inset Index idx
10774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10781 \begin_inset Index idx
10784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10794 You can set the document fonts in the
10796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10800 \begin_inset Index idx
10803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10804 Document ! Settings
10810 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10811 font shapes roman (serif),
10814 \begin_inset space ~
10826 \begin_layout Standard
10827 The possible options for the font include
10831 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10836 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10858 European Computer Modern
10861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10871 \begin_layout Standard
10880 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10881 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10886 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10889 \begin_inset space ~
10894 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10900 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10901 There are three ways to use one:
10904 \begin_layout Itemize
10905 One way is to use the
10915 Virtual means that it
10916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10927 -glyphs from other fonts.
10928 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10950 Loading the LaTeX-package
10955 \begin_inset Index idx
10958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10959 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10964 with the document preamble line
10965 \begin_inset Newline newline
10972 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10973 \begin_inset Newline newline
10978 will fix the guillemet problem.
10983 and that accented characters are not
10987 glyph, they are build of
10991 characters, the accent and the letter.
10992 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10996 fonts for words with accented characters.
10997 If you search for example for the French word
10998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11002 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11005 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11014 and not for the glyph
11015 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11019 \begin_inset space ~
11023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11029 \begin_layout Itemize
11030 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11043 , consist of these three main font types
11046 \begin_inset space ~
11075 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11079 \begin_inset space ~
11086 as typewriter font.
11087 \begin_inset Newline newline
11090 The differences between roman,
11093 \begin_inset space ~
11102 fonts are explained in section
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11109 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11114 \begin_inset Newline newline
11121 was originally designed for newspapers.
11122 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11123 into the small newspaper columns.
11128 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11131 \begin_layout Itemize
11132 The best solution is to use the
11141 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11145 as the default font.
11146 In most cases they look the same as
11154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11155 One difference is improved kerning for the
11168 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11179 \begin_layout Standard
11180 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11183 For the font size there are four possible values:
11200 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11203 \begin_layout Standard
11204 The font sizes are the
11209 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11210 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11211 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11214 \begin_inset space ~
11220 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11221 \begin_inset space ~
11225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11227 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11234 \begin_layout Standard
11239 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11240 a font to display the script characters.
11244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11245 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11250 So this has no effect for the document language
11266 \begin_layout Standard
11267 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11271 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11279 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11283 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11284 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11285 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11287 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11290 dialog, see section
11291 \begin_inset space ~
11295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11297 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11309 \begin_layout Subsection
11310 Using Different Character Styles
11311 \begin_inset Index idx
11314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11321 \begin_inset Index idx
11324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11333 \begin_layout Standard
11334 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11335 certain paragraph environments.
11336 LyX supports two character styles,
11345 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11349 \begin_layout Standard
11354 style, do one of the following:
11357 \begin_layout Itemize
11358 click on the toolbar button
11359 \begin_inset Graphics
11360 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11367 \begin_layout Itemize
11368 use the key binding
11377 \begin_layout Standard
11378 These commands are all toggles.
11383 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11386 \begin_layout Standard
11387 One typically uses the
11391 style for proper names.
11393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11400 is the original author of LyX.
11401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11407 \begin_layout Standard
11408 A more widely used character style is the
11413 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11420 \begin_layout Itemize
11421 clicking on the toolbar button
11422 \begin_inset Graphics
11423 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11430 \begin_layout Itemize
11431 using the keybindings
11440 \begin_layout Standard
11445 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11446 es use a different font.
11449 \begin_layout Standard
11450 We've been using the
11454 style all over the place in this document.
11455 Here's one more example:
11458 \begin_layout Quotation
11461 Don't overuse character styles!
11464 \begin_layout Standard
11465 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11466 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11467 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11468 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11472 \begin_layout Standard
11473 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11481 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11483 \begin_inset space ~
11491 \begin_layout Subsection
11492 Fine-Tuning with the
11497 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11499 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11504 \begin_inset Index idx
11507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11516 \begin_layout Standard
11517 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11518 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11519 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11520 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11521 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11522 from ordinary dialog.
11525 \begin_layout Standard
11526 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11527 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11528 \begin_inset Newline newline
11531 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11532 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11535 \begin_layout Standard
11536 To use custom character styles, open the
11538 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11540 \begin_inset space ~
11546 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11547 font property which you can choose.
11548 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11551 \begin_inset space ~
11556 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11561 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11562 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11563 environments in a snap.
11566 \begin_layout Standard
11567 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11570 \begin_inset space ~
11582 \begin_layout Labeling
11583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11597 The possible options are:
11601 \begin_layout Labeling
11602 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11607 This is the Roman font family.
11608 Normally a serif font.
11609 It's also the default family.
11619 \begin_layout Labeling
11620 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11624 \begin_inset space ~
11631 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11643 \begin_layout Labeling
11644 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11651 This is the Typewriter font family.
11657 arg "font-typewriter"
11666 \begin_layout Labeling
11667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11672 This corresponds to the print weight.
11677 \begin_layout Labeling
11678 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11683 This is the Medium font series.
11684 It's also the default series.
11687 \begin_layout Labeling
11688 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11695 This is the Bold font series.
11708 \begin_layout Labeling
11709 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11714 As the name implies.
11719 \begin_layout Labeling
11720 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11725 This is the Upright font shape.
11726 It's also the default shape.
11729 \begin_layout Labeling
11730 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11744 s the Italic font shape
11750 \begin_layout Labeling
11751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11758 This is the Slanted font shape
11760 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11763 \begin_layout Labeling
11764 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11768 \begin_inset space ~
11775 This is the Small caps font shape
11782 \begin_layout Labeling
11783 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11788 Alters the size of the font.
11789 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11790 nal to the document font size.
11791 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11792 what you want to do.
11797 \begin_layout Labeling
11798 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11810 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11819 arg "font-size tiny"
11825 \begin_layout Labeling
11826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11847 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11853 \begin_layout Labeling
11854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11875 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11881 \begin_layout Labeling
11882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11903 arg "font-size small"
11909 \begin_layout Labeling
11910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11924 It's also the default size.
11928 arg "font-size normal"
11934 \begin_layout Labeling
11935 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11956 arg "font-size large"
11962 \begin_layout Labeling
11963 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11984 arg "font-size larger"
11990 \begin_layout Labeling
11991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12012 arg "font-size largest"
12018 \begin_layout Labeling
12019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12040 arg "font-size huge"
12046 \begin_layout Labeling
12047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12068 arg "font-size giant"
12075 \begin_layout Standard
12080 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12081 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12082 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12083 — use that instead.
12084 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12087 \begin_layout Labeling
12088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12093 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12098 \begin_layout Labeling
12099 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12106 This is text with emphasize on
12109 This might seem like the same as
12113 , but it is actually a bit different.
12119 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12121 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12124 \begin_layout Labeling
12125 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12132 This is text with Underbar on.
12138 arg "font-underline"
12144 \begin_inset Newline newline
12149 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12150 when you couldn't change fonts.
12151 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12152 It's only included in LyX because some people
12156 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12159 \begin_layout Labeling
12160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12167 This is text with Noun on.
12174 , this is a logical attribute.
12175 Normally it's equivalent to
12178 \begin_inset space ~
12187 \begin_layout Labeling
12188 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12193 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12194 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12203 , which is the default
12204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12211 and means normally black, you can choose between
12244 \begin_inset Index idx
12247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12256 \begin_layout Labeling
12257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12262 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12263 the language of the document.
12264 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12268 \begin_layout Standard
12269 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12270 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12272 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12274 \begin_inset space ~
12279 dialog, the settings are saved.
12280 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12281 \begin_inset Graphics
12282 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12287 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12288 when the dialog isn't visible.
12292 \begin_layout Standard
12293 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12300 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12301 (suppose you just set the shape to
12302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12314 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12320 \begin_inset space ~
12332 \begin_layout Standard
12333 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12341 \begin_inset space ~
12353 \begin_layout Itemize
12359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12363 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12366 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12367 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12375 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12384 \begin_inset Newline newline
12391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12416 \begin_inset Note Note
12419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12420 For more on phantoms see section
12421 \begin_inset space ~
12425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12427 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12437 \begin_inset Newline newline
12443 \begin_layout Itemize
12448 fonts use characters with serifs.
12449 These are the small
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12457 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12458 The following example will show the difference:
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12463 \begin_inset Newline newline
12468 text without serifs
12471 \begin_inset Newline newline
12474 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12475 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12482 \begin_layout Itemize
12488 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12489 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12492 \begin_layout Standard
12493 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12494 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12497 \begin_layout Section
12498 Printing and Previewing
12501 \begin_layout Subsection
12505 \begin_layout Standard
12506 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12507 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12508 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12509 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12510 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12512 Additional Features
12517 \begin_layout Standard
12518 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12519 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12520 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12521 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12522 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12523 This happens in two stages:
12526 \begin_layout Enumerate
12527 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12528 generating a file with the extension,
12529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12537 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12543 \begin_layout Enumerate
12544 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12548 file to produce printable output.
12552 \begin_layout Subsection
12553 Output file formats
12554 \begin_inset Index idx
12557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12566 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12573 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12575 \begin_inset Index idx
12578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12579 File formats ! ASCII
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 This file type has the extension
12589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12601 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12612 \begin_layout Standard
12613 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12615 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12616 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12624 \begin_inset Index idx
12627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12628 File formats ! LaTeX
12636 \begin_layout Standard
12637 This file type has the extension
12638 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12649 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12651 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12652 it manually with console commands.
12653 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12654 you view or export your document.
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12660 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12661 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12680 \begin_inset Index idx
12683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12692 \begin_layout Standard
12693 This file type has the extension
12694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12714 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12715 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12716 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12720 \begin_layout Standard
12721 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12722 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12723 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12724 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12726 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12729 \begin_layout Standard
12730 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12732 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12733 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12741 \begin_inset Index idx
12744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12745 File formats ! PostScript
12753 \begin_layout Standard
12754 This file type has the extension
12755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12767 PostScript was developed by the company
12771 as a printer language.
12772 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12774 PostScript can be seen as a
12775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12778 programming language
12779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12782 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12787 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12793 \begin_inset Index idx
12796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12797 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12807 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12810 \begin_layout Standard
12811 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12815 Encapsulated PostScript
12816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12819 (EPS, file extension
12820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12832 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12833 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12838 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12842 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12843 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12844 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12845 EPS to avoid this problem.
12848 \begin_layout Standard
12849 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12851 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12852 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12858 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12860 \begin_inset Index idx
12863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12870 \begin_inset Index idx
12873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12882 \begin_layout Standard
12883 This file type has the extension
12884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12900 Portable Document Format
12901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12908 was derived from PostScript.
12909 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12918 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12919 looks exactly the same.
12922 \begin_layout Standard
12923 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12927 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12931 (JPG, file extension
12932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12959 Portable Network Graphics
12960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12963 (PNG, file extension
12964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12976 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12977 in the background to one of these formats.
12978 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12979 will slow down your workflow.
12980 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12983 \begin_layout Standard
12984 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12986 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12989 in three different ways:
12992 \begin_layout Description
12993 PDF This uses the program
12997 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12998 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13002 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13003 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13006 \begin_layout Description
13008 \begin_inset space ~
13011 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13015 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13019 \begin_layout Description
13021 \begin_inset space ~
13024 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13028 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13031 \begin_layout Standard
13032 We recommend to use
13035 \begin_inset space ~
13044 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13045 works without problems.
13050 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13053 \begin_layout Subsection
13055 \begin_inset Index idx
13058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13067 \begin_layout Standard
13068 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13069 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13073 and choose a file type.
13074 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13077 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13080 you can use the toolbar button
13081 \begin_inset Graphics
13082 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13089 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13094 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13096 \begin_inset space ~
13102 \begin_inset Graphics
13103 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13109 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13113 \begin_inset Graphics
13114 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13121 arg "buffer-view ps"
13127 \begin_layout Standard
13128 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13129 viewer window using the menu
13131 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13137 \begin_layout Standard
13138 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13140 To have a real output, export your document.
13143 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 Printing the File from within LyX
13145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13147 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13154 \begin_layout Standard
13155 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13156 it directly from within LyX.
13157 To print a file, select the menu
13159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13162 or click on the toolbar button
13163 \begin_inset Graphics
13164 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13169 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13170 This file is then processed by the program
13174 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13179 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13182 \begin_layout Standard
13183 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13184 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13185 printing one set to print on the other side.
13186 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13187 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13188 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13191 \begin_layout Standard
13192 You can set the parameters in the
13195 \begin_inset space ~
13203 \begin_layout Labeling
13204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13209 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13214 Note that this printer name is for the program
13223 has to be configured for this printer name.
13224 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13225 \begin_inset space ~
13229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13231 reference "sub:Printer"
13240 The printer should understand PostScript.
13243 \begin_layout Labeling
13244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13249 The name of a file to print to.
13250 The output will be a PostScript file.
13251 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13255 \begin_layout Section
13256 A few Words about Typography
13257 \begin_inset Index idx
13260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13269 \begin_layout Subsection
13271 \begin_inset Index idx
13274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13283 \begin_layout Standard
13285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13296 character comes in four lengths: the
13308 , and the minus sign:
13309 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13315 \begin_layout Standard
13316 \begin_inset Tabular
13317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13318 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13321 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13322 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13391 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13418 \begin_inset space ~
13421 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13428 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13455 \begin_inset space ~
13458 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13479 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13513 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13519 \begin_layout Standard
13520 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13532 character multiple times in a row.
13533 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13534 the final output, but not in LyX.
13536 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13540 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13566 \begin_layout Standard
13567 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13568 math mode and has a length of its own.
13569 Here are some examples of the
13570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13584 \begin_layout Enumerate
13585 line- and page-breaks
13586 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13596 \begin_layout Enumerate
13598 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13608 \begin_layout Enumerate
13609 Oh — there's a dash.
13610 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13620 \begin_layout Enumerate
13621 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13625 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13635 \begin_layout Subsection
13637 \begin_inset Index idx
13640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13649 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13656 \begin_layout Standard
13657 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13658 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13663 \begin_inset Index idx
13666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13667 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13672 following the rules of the document language
13676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13677 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13685 \begin_inset space ~
13689 \begin_inset space ~
13696 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13707 \begin_layout Standard
13708 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13713 font and with unusual constructs, like
13714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13722 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13723 This is done with the menu
13725 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13726 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13728 \begin_inset space ~
13734 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13735 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13738 \begin_layout Standard
13739 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13740 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13750 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13758 as hyphenation possibility.
13759 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13760 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13761 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13767 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13768 As LyX doesn't support
13774 , you have to use TeX Code.
13775 The result looks in LyX like:
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 \begin_inset Graphics
13780 filename clipart/mbox.png
13787 \begin_layout Standard
13788 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13789 \begin_inset space ~
13793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13795 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13802 \begin_layout Subsection
13804 \begin_inset Index idx
13807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13816 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13817 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13820 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13827 \begin_layout Standard
13828 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13829 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13830 LaTeX then adds the
13831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13834 appropriate amount of space
13835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13839 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13841 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13844 \begin_layout Standard
13845 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13846 not work in all cases.
13848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13859 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13860 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13863 \begin_layout Standard
13864 Here are some examples of
13868 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13871 \begin_layout Itemize
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13881 \begin_layout Standard
13882 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13885 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13891 this is too much space!
13894 \begin_layout Itemize
13899 \begin_layout Standard
13900 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13903 \begin_layout Standard
13904 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13907 \begin_layout Enumerate
13911 \begin_inset space ~
13916 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13917 \begin_inset space ~
13921 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13923 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13928 \begin_inset Index idx
13931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13932 Spaces ! inter-word
13940 \begin_layout Enumerate
13944 \begin_inset space ~
13949 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13950 \begin_inset space ~
13954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13956 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13961 \begin_inset Index idx
13964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13973 \begin_layout Enumerate
13977 \begin_inset space ~
13981 \begin_inset space ~
13985 \begin_inset space ~
13992 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13994 \begin_inset space ~
13999 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14000 This function is also bound to
14003 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14009 \begin_layout Standard
14010 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14013 \begin_layout Itemize
14015 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14019 \begin_inset space \space{}
14022 this is too much space!
14025 \begin_layout Itemize
14026 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14030 \begin_layout Standard
14031 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14032 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14033 will take care of this.
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14041 \begin_inset space ~
14046 feature described in section
14052 Additional Features
14057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14059 \begin_inset Index idx
14062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 Typography ! Quotes
14069 \begin_inset Index idx
14072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14103 \begin_layout Standard
14104 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14105 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14106 and use a closing quote at the end.
14108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14116 The keyboard character,
14120 , generates this automatically.
14123 \begin_layout Standard
14124 You can change the behavior of the
14128 key using the submenu
14134 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14138 \begin_inset Index idx
14141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14142 Document ! Settings
14150 \begin_layout Standard
14151 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14156 There are six choices:
14159 \begin_layout Labeling
14160 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14172 Use quotes like this
14173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14181 \begin_inset Quotes els
14185 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14191 \begin_layout Labeling
14192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14195 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14199 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14205 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14209 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14213 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14219 \begin_layout Labeling
14220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14223 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14227 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14233 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14237 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14241 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14245 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14251 \begin_layout Labeling
14252 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14255 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14259 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14265 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14269 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14273 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14277 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14283 \begin_layout Labeling
14284 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14287 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14291 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14297 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14301 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14305 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14309 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14315 \begin_layout Labeling
14316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14319 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14323 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14329 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14333 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14337 \begin_inset Quotes als
14341 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14347 \begin_layout Standard
14348 These settings affect what character the
14355 \begin_layout Subsection
14357 \begin_inset Index idx
14360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14361 Typography ! Ligatures
14367 \begin_inset Index idx
14370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14399 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14401 name "sub:Ligatures"
14408 \begin_layout Standard
14409 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14410 print them as single characters.
14411 These groups are known as
14416 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14418 Here are the standard ligatures:
14421 \begin_layout Itemize
14425 \begin_layout Itemize
14429 \begin_layout Itemize
14433 \begin_layout Itemize
14437 \begin_layout Itemize
14441 \begin_layout Standard
14442 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14445 \begin_layout Standard
14446 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14447 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14455 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14471 To break a ligature, use
14473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14474 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14476 \begin_inset space ~
14483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14508 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14511 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14519 \begin_layout Subsection
14521 \begin_inset Index idx
14524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14531 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14533 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14540 \begin_layout Standard
14541 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14542 characters in different sizes and heights.
14543 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14544 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 \begin_inset Note Note
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14577 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14582 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14586 \begin_layout Description
14587 LyX The name of the game, write
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_layout Description
14610 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_layout Description
14633 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_layout Description
14656 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14693 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14694 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14697 : The actual version is
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 , the previous one was
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14717 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14722 \begin_inset space \space{}
14725 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14727 This will look in LyX like:
14728 \begin_inset Graphics
14729 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14735 \begin_inset Newline newline
14738 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14739 \begin_inset space ~
14743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14745 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14752 \begin_layout Subsection
14754 \begin_inset Index idx
14757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14766 \begin_layout Standard
14767 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14768 space between two words.
14769 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14779 for units use the menu
14781 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14782 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14784 \begin_inset space ~
14792 arg "space-insert thin"
14798 \begin_layout Standard
14799 Here's an example to show the differences:
14802 \begin_layout Standard
14803 \begin_inset Tabular
14804 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14805 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14806 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14807 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14814 \begin_inset space ~
14818 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14830 space between number and unit
14837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14846 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14858 half space between number and unit
14871 \begin_layout Subsection
14873 \begin_inset Index idx
14876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14877 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14885 \begin_layout Standard
14886 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14888 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14889 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14890 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14891 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14892 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14893 These bits of text became known as
14904 \begin_layout Standard
14905 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14906 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14907 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14908 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14909 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14910 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14911 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14914 \begin_layout Standard
14915 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14916 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14917 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14918 \begin_inset space ~
14922 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14924 key "latexcompanion"
14929 \begin_inset space ~
14933 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14939 ] may have more information.
14940 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14943 \begin_layout Chapter
14944 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14947 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14954 \begin_layout Standard
14955 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14960 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14963 \begin_layout Section
14965 \begin_inset Index idx
14968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14984 \begin_layout Standard
14985 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14988 \begin_layout Description
14990 \begin_inset space ~
14993 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14994 \begin_inset Newline newline
14998 \begin_inset Note Note
15001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15002 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15010 \begin_layout Description
15011 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15012 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15014 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15015 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15016 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15019 \begin_inset Newline newline
15023 \begin_inset Note Comment
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15027 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15035 \begin_layout Description
15037 \begin_inset space ~
15040 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15041 \begin_inset Newline newline
15045 \begin_inset Newline newline
15049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15058 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15059 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15060 How this can be done is explained in the
15069 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15075 \begin_inset Newline newline
15079 \begin_inset Newline newline
15082 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15083 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15086 \begin_layout Standard
15087 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15088 \begin_inset Graphics
15089 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15091 scaleBeforeRotation
15097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15101 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15104 \begin_layout Section
15106 \begin_inset Index idx
15109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15118 name "sec:Footnotes"
15125 \begin_layout Standard
15126 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15129 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15132 or the toolbar button
15133 \begin_inset Graphics
15134 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15147 \begin_inset Graphics
15148 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15157 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15167 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15186 label, the box will
15190 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15191 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15204 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15220 \begin_layout Standard
15221 Here's an example footnote:
15229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15230 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15238 \begin_layout Standard
15239 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15240 position where the footnote box is placed.
15241 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15242 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15243 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15244 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15245 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15250 ey are described in the
15257 \begin_layout Section
15259 \begin_inset Index idx
15262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15269 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15271 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15278 \begin_layout Standard
15279 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15280 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15282 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15284 \begin_inset space ~
15289 or the toolbar button
15290 \begin_inset Graphics
15291 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15318 appearing within your text.
15319 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15329 At the side is an example marginal note.
15333 \begin_inset Marginal
15336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15337 This is a marginal note.
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15347 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15348 pages, right on odd pages.
15351 \begin_layout Section
15352 Graphics and Images
15353 \begin_inset Index idx
15356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15363 \begin_inset Index idx
15366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15373 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15375 name "sec:Graphics"
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15383 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15384 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15385 \begin_inset Graphics
15386 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15396 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15399 \begin_layout Standard
15400 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15405 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15406 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15408 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15415 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15422 \begin_layout Standard
15427 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15428 of the image in the output.
15429 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15433 \begin_inset space ~
15437 \begin_inset space ~
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15450 \begin_inset space ~
15454 \begin_inset space ~
15459 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15460 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15468 \begin_layout Standard
15471 LaTeX and LyX options
15473 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15474 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15478 \begin_inset space ~
15483 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15484 with the image size is printed.
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15496 \begin_inset space ~
15501 is explained in the
15512 \begin_layout Standard
15513 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15514 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15516 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15520 \begin_layout Standard
15522 \begin_inset Graphics
15523 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15525 rotateOrigin center
15532 \begin_layout Standard
15533 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15534 the image into a float, see section
15535 \begin_inset space ~
15539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15541 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15548 \begin_layout Subsection
15550 \begin_inset Index idx
15553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15560 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15562 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15569 \begin_layout Standard
15570 You can insert images in any known file format.
15571 But as we explained in section
15572 \begin_inset space ~
15576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15578 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15582 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15583 LyX uses therefore the program
15587 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15588 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15589 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15590 \begin_inset space ~
15594 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15596 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15603 \begin_layout Standard
15604 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15607 \begin_layout Description
15609 \begin_inset space ~
15612 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15613 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15614 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15615 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15618 Graphics Interchange Format
15619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15622 (GIF, file extension
15623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15635 \begin_inset Index idx
15638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15667 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15670 Portable Network Graphics
15671 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15674 (PNG, file extension
15675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15687 \begin_inset Index idx
15690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15722 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15726 (JPG, file extension
15727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15751 \begin_inset Index idx
15754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15785 \begin_layout Description
15787 \begin_inset space ~
15790 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15792 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15793 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15794 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15795 \begin_inset Newline newline
15798 Scalable image formats can be
15799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15802 Scalable Vector Graphics
15803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15806 (SVG, file extension
15807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15819 \begin_inset Index idx
15822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15854 Encapsulated PostScript
15855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15858 (EPS, file extension
15859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15871 \begin_inset Index idx
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15903 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15906 Portable Document Format
15907 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15910 (PDF, file extension
15911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15923 \begin_inset Index idx
15926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15933 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15934 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15935 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15949 \begin_layout Standard
15950 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15954 \begin_layout Subsection
15955 Grouping of Image Settings
15956 \begin_inset Index idx
15959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15960 Images ! Settings grouping
15968 \begin_layout Standard
15969 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15971 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15972 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15974 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15975 need to manually change each of them.
15979 \begin_layout Standard
15980 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15983 \begin_inset space ~
15988 field in the Graphics dialog.
15989 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15990 by checking the name of the desired group.
15993 \begin_layout Section
15995 \begin_inset Index idx
15998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16005 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16015 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16016 \begin_inset Graphics
16017 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16028 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16029 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16030 from the rest of the table.
16031 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16032 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16034 Here's an example table:
16037 \begin_layout Standard
16039 \begin_inset Tabular
16040 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16041 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16042 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16043 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16044 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16245 \begin_layout Subsection
16249 \begin_layout Standard
16250 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16251 brings up the table dialog.
16252 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16253 where the cursor is placed currently.
16254 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16255 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16256 done on all of your selection.
16259 \begin_layout Standard
16260 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16263 \begin_inset space ~
16268 helps you in setting table properties.
16269 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16272 \begin_layout Standard
16276 \begin_inset space ~
16281 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16282 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16283 current cell respectively.
16284 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16286 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16287 of text, see section
16288 \begin_inset space ~
16292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16294 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16302 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16308 This will merge the cells to
16312 cell, spread over more than one column.
16313 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16314 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16315 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16316 in the last row without the upper border:
16319 \begin_layout Standard
16321 \begin_inset Tabular
16322 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16323 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16324 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16325 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16338 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16458 \begin_layout Standard
16459 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16460 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16461 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16462 explained in the tables section of the
16465 \begin_inset space ~
16471 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16472 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16475 degrees counterclockwise.
16476 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16479 \begin_layout Standard
16480 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16488 Most DVI-viewers are
16492 able to display rotations.
16500 \begin_layout Standard
16505 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16510 adds lines for all cell borders.
16513 \begin_layout Subsection
16515 \begin_inset Index idx
16518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16519 Tables ! Longtables
16525 \begin_inset Index idx
16528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16537 \begin_layout Standard
16538 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16541 \begin_inset space ~
16545 \begin_inset space ~
16554 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16555 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16558 \begin_layout Description
16563 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16564 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16565 except for the first page, if
16568 \begin_inset space ~
16576 \begin_layout Description
16580 \begin_inset space ~
16585 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16586 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16589 \begin_layout Description
16594 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16595 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16596 except for the last page, if
16599 \begin_inset space ~
16607 \begin_layout Description
16611 \begin_inset space ~
16616 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16617 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16620 \begin_layout Description
16621 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16622 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16628 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16639 \begin_layout Standard
16640 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16641 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16642 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16643 The others will then be defined as
16648 In this context, first means first in this order:
16651 \begin_inset space ~
16663 \begin_inset space ~
16669 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16672 \begin_layout Standard
16674 \begin_inset Tabular
16675 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16676 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16677 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16678 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16679 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16680 <row endfirsthead="true">
16681 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16687 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16692 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <row endfirsthead="true">
16712 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16723 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16744 <row endhead="true">
16745 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16756 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16775 <row endhead="true">
16776 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16787 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16808 <row endfoot="true">
16809 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17830 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18790 <row endlastfoot="true">
18791 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18802 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18828 \begin_layout Subsection
18830 \begin_inset Index idx
18833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18842 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18849 \begin_layout Standard
18850 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18851 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18852 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18853 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18857 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18858 for the cell's paragraph.
18861 \begin_layout Standard
18862 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18863 for the column in the table dialog.
18864 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18865 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18869 \begin_layout Standard
18871 \begin_inset Tabular
18872 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18873 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18874 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18875 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18876 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18896 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19021 This is longer now.
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19078 This is longer now.
19083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 \begin_layout Standard
19110 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19111 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19117 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19123 Selection with the mouse or with
19127 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19128 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19129 the selection from outside the table.
19132 \begin_layout Section
19134 \begin_inset Index idx
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19144 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19153 \begin_layout Standard
19154 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19155 have a fixed location.
19157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19164 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19172 \begin_inset space ~
19177 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19178 too many notes on the page.
19181 \begin_layout Standard
19182 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19183 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19184 and pages without text.
19185 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19186 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19187 Floats are therefore numbered.
19188 Referencing is described in section
19189 \begin_inset space ~
19193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19195 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19202 \begin_layout Standard
19203 To insert a float, use the menu
19205 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19209 A box with a caption that has e.
19210 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19214 \begin_inset space \space{}
19218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19222 \begin_inset space ~
19226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19229 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19230 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19232 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19233 \begin_inset Index idx
19236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19242 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19243 paragraph within the float.
19244 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19245 by left-clicking on the box label.
19246 A closed float box looks like this:
19247 \begin_inset Graphics
19248 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19253 – a gray button with a red label.
19256 \begin_layout Standard
19257 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19258 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19261 \begin_layout Subsection
19265 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19267 \begin_inset Index idx
19270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19271 Floats ! Figure floats
19277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19279 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19286 \begin_layout Standard
19289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19290 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19293 inserts a float with the label
19294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19300 \begin_inset space ~
19306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19310 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19311 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19312 This is what we did for Figure
19313 \begin_inset space ~
19317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19319 reference "cap:Platypus"
19324 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19325 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19326 This was done in Figure
19327 \begin_inset space ~
19331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19333 reference "cap:Escher"
19340 \begin_layout Standard
19341 \begin_inset Float figure
19346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19348 \begin_inset Graphics
19349 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19351 rotateOrigin center
19358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19359 \begin_inset Caption
19361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19364 name "cap:Platypus"
19368 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19381 \begin_layout Standard
19382 \begin_inset Float figure
19387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 \begin_inset Caption
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19391 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19408 \begin_inset Graphics
19409 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19411 rotateOrigin center
19423 \begin_layout Standard
19424 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19426 As described in section
19427 \begin_inset space ~
19431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19433 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19437 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19439 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19442 and refer to it using the menu
19444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19448 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19457 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19470 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19471 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19472 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19473 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19475 \begin_inset space ~
19479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19481 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19485 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19486 You can also set the images one below the other.
19488 \begin_inset space ~
19492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19494 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19501 reference "fig:Platypus"
19505 are the subfigures.
19508 \begin_layout Standard
19509 \begin_inset Float figure
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19515 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19519 \begin_inset Float figure
19524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19525 \begin_inset Caption
19527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19528 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19530 name "fig:Undefinable"
19542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19543 \begin_inset Graphics
19544 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19559 \begin_inset Float figure
19564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 \begin_inset Caption
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19570 name "fig:Platypus"
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset Graphics
19584 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19596 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19603 \begin_inset Caption
19605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19606 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19608 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19612 Two distorted images.
19625 \begin_layout Standard
19626 Note that the caption is added to the
19629 \begin_inset space ~
19633 \begin_inset space ~
19638 as described in section
19639 \begin_inset space ~
19643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19645 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19654 \begin_inset Index idx
19657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19658 Floats ! Table floats
19666 \begin_layout Standard
19667 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19669 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19670 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19674 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19677 \begin_inset space ~
19681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19683 reference "cap:Table-float"
19687 is an example of a table float.
19690 \begin_layout Standard
19691 \begin_inset Float table
19696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 \begin_inset Caption
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19702 name "cap:Table-float"
19714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 \begin_inset Tabular
19717 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19718 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19719 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19720 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19721 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19848 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19869 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19872 \end{array}\right]$
19880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19893 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19914 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19916 \begin_inset Index idx
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19920 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19928 \begin_layout Standard
19929 This float type is inserted with the menu
19931 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19932 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19936 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19937 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19941 , described in section
19942 \begin_inset space ~
19946 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19948 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19955 \begin_layout Standard
19956 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19964 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19970 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19973 \begin_layout Standard
19978 floatname{algorithm}{your
19979 \begin_inset space ~
19985 \begin_layout Standard
19986 to the document preamble (menu
19988 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19995 \begin_inset space ~
20001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20009 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20015 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20017 \begin_inset Index idx
20020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20029 \begin_layout Standard
20030 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20038 \begin_inset Graphics
20039 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20041 rotateOrigin center
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20049 \begin_inset Caption
20051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20052 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20054 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20058 This is a wrapped figure.
20059 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20072 This float type is used if you want to
20073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20077 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20080 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20082 It can be inserted using the menu
20084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20085 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20087 \begin_inset space ~
20092 if the LaTeX-package
20097 \begin_inset Index idx
20100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20101 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20111 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20114 \begin_inset space ~
20124 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20127 \begin_inset space ~
20131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20133 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20137 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20138 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20146 Available units are explained in Appendix
20147 \begin_inset space ~
20151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20153 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20162 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20166 \begin_layout Standard
20167 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20175 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20176 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20180 \begin_inset space \space{}
20183 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20184 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20193 \begin_layout Itemize
20194 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20195 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20196 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20197 page breaks will appear.
20200 \begin_layout Itemize
20201 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20202 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20205 \begin_layout Itemize
20206 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20207 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20210 \begin_layout Itemize
20211 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20214 \begin_layout Subsection
20216 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20218 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20223 \begin_inset Index idx
20226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20235 \begin_layout Standard
20236 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20237 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20241 \begin_inset space ~
20249 \begin_layout Standard
20250 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20251 have a multi-column document).
20252 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20255 \begin_inset space ~
20261 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20262 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20269 \begin_layout Standard
20270 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20271 format is also the same: Table
20272 \begin_inset space ~
20276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20278 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20282 is an example of a rotated table float.
20285 \begin_layout Standard
20286 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20294 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20302 \begin_layout Standard
20303 \begin_inset Float table
20308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20309 \begin_inset Caption
20311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20314 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20328 \begin_inset Tabular
20329 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20330 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20331 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20332 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20334 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20395 \begin_layout Subsection
20397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20399 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20404 \begin_inset Index idx
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20416 \begin_layout Standard
20417 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20418 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20419 \begin_inset Newline newline
20425 \begin_inset space ~
20430 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20431 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20432 \begin_inset Newline newline
20438 \begin_inset space ~
20443 is used to rotate floats, see section
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20450 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20457 \begin_layout Standard
20458 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20459 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20462 \begin_inset space ~
20466 \begin_inset space ~
20474 \begin_layout Description
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20480 \begin_inset space ~
20483 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20486 \begin_layout Description
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20495 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20498 \begin_layout Description
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20507 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20510 \begin_layout Description
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_inset space ~
20519 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20522 \begin_layout Standard
20523 The order of the above option is
20528 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20532 \begin_inset space ~
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20553 , and then the others.
20554 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20556 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20557 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20560 \begin_layout Standard
20561 By default, each option has its own rules:
20564 \begin_layout Standard
20568 \begin_inset space ~
20572 \begin_inset space ~
20577 only floats occupying less than 70
20578 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20581 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20584 \begin_layout Standard
20588 \begin_inset space ~
20592 \begin_inset space ~
20597 : only floats occupying less than 30
20598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20601 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20608 \begin_inset space ~
20612 \begin_inset space ~
20617 : only if more than 50
20618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20621 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20642 \begin_layout Standard
20643 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20644 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20645 For this case you can use the option
20648 \begin_inset space ~
20654 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20656 Because the float is then no longer able to
20657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20664 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20667 \begin_layout Standard
20668 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20669 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20677 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20684 \begin_layout Section
20686 \begin_inset Index idx
20689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20698 name "sec:Minipages"
20705 \begin_layout Standard
20706 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20708 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20709 \begin_inset space ~
20716 \begin_layout Standard
20717 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20723 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20724 and its alignment within the page.
20727 \begin_layout Standard
20729 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20738 height_special "totalheight"
20741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20744 This is a minipage.
20745 The text is set in an italic style.
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20751 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20752 another formatting.
20760 \begin_layout Standard
20761 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20764 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20768 as described in section
20769 \begin_inset space ~
20773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20775 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20780 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20786 \begin_layout Standard
20787 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20796 height_special "totalheight"
20799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20801 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20807 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20811 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20820 height_special "totalheight"
20823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20825 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20834 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20841 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20842 to other box types.
20843 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20854 \begin_layout Chapter
20855 Mathematical Formulas
20856 \begin_inset Index idx
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20866 \begin_inset Index idx
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20900 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20907 \begin_layout Standard
20908 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20913 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20916 \begin_layout Section
20918 \begin_inset Index idx
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 \begin_layout Standard
20931 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20932 \begin_inset Graphics
20933 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20938 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20940 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20941 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20942 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20944 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20950 \begin_layout Standard
20951 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20955 \begin_inset space ~
20960 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20963 \begin_layout Standard
20964 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20965 line, like this one:
20968 \begin_layout Standard
20969 This is a line with an inline formula
20970 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20976 \begin_layout Standard
20977 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20978 paragraph, like this one:
20979 \begin_inset Formula \[
20984 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20988 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20990 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20994 \begin_inset space \space{}
20998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21008 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21011 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21012 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21016 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21019 \begin_inset space ~
21027 \begin_layout Subsection
21028 Navigating in Formulas
21029 \begin_inset Index idx
21032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21041 \begin_layout Standard
21042 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21043 achieved with the arrow keys.
21044 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21045 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21050 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21051 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21055 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21059 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21062 \end{array}\right]$
21070 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21075 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21076 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21079 \begin_layout Standard
21084 , printed in this document as
21085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21106 \begin_inset Note Note
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21111 space character (visible space).
21116 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21117 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21118 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21123 For example, if you want
21124 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21178 , since in the latter case only the
21181 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21186 will be under the square root sign:
21187 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21193 \begin_layout Standard
21194 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21196 \begin_inset Formula \[
21197 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21201 \end{array}\right)\]
21205 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21206 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21209 \begin_layout Subsection
21213 \begin_layout Standard
21214 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21215 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21219 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21220 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21221 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21222 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21223 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21226 \begin_layout Subsection
21227 Exponents and Subscripts
21228 \begin_inset Index idx
21231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21238 \begin_inset Index idx
21241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21250 \begin_layout Standard
21251 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21252 way is to use a command.
21254 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21257 , type in a formula
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21279 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21285 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21289 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21310 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21319 , you have to use an extra
21323 to separate the hat and the character.
21325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21329 \begin_inset space \space{}
21333 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21354 Subscripts are similar: To get
21355 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21378 \begin_layout Subsection
21380 \begin_inset Index idx
21383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21392 \begin_layout Standard
21393 Create a fraction with either the command
21400 \begin_inset Graphics
21401 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21409 \begin_inset space ~
21415 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21416 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21417 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21422 To move back up, press
21427 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21428 \begin_inset Formula \[
21429 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21432 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21439 \begin_layout Subsection
21441 \begin_inset Index idx
21444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_layout Standard
21454 Roots can be created using the
21457 \begin_inset space ~
21463 \begin_inset Graphics
21464 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21487 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21493 produces always a square root.
21496 \begin_layout Subsection
21497 Operators with Limits
21498 \begin_inset Index idx
21501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21508 \begin_inset Index idx
21511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21520 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21527 \begin_layout Standard
21529 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21533 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21536 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21537 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21538 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21539 The sum operator will automatically place its
21540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21547 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21550 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21554 \begin_inset Formula \[
21555 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21559 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21563 \begin_layout Standard
21564 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21566 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21567 behind the operator and hitting
21575 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21576 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21578 \begin_inset space ~
21582 \begin_inset space ~
21590 \begin_layout Standard
21591 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21599 feature as addition, such as
21600 \begin_inset Index idx
21603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21610 \begin_inset Formula \[
21611 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21615 which will place the
21616 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21628 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21629 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21635 \begin_layout Standard
21636 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21643 Have a look at section
21644 \begin_inset space ~
21648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21650 reference "sub:Functions"
21654 for an explanation of function macros.
21657 \begin_layout Subsection
21659 \begin_inset Index idx
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21671 \begin_layout Standard
21672 Most math symbols can be found in the
21675 \begin_inset space ~
21680 under one of several categories; including
21697 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21701 \begin_layout Standard
21702 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21703 you don't have to use the
21706 \begin_inset space ~
21711 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21712 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21715 \begin_layout Subsection
21717 \begin_inset Index idx
21720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21730 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21735 arg "space-insert protected"
21741 \begin_inset space ~
21747 \begin_inset Graphics
21748 filename ../images/math/space.png
21753 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21754 For example, the sequence
21759 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21763 \begin_inset Graphics
21764 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21769 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21770 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21771 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21772 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21774 Here are two examples:
21777 \begin_layout Standard
21787 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21793 \begin_layout Standard
21803 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21809 \begin_layout Subsection
21811 \begin_inset Index idx
21814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21821 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21823 name "sub:Functions"
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21834 \begin_inset space ~
21839 contains under the button
21840 \begin_inset Graphics
21841 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21845 a number of function macros, such as
21846 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21850 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21858 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21865 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21866 avoid confusions, because
21867 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21871 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21877 \begin_layout Standard
21878 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21880 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21884 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21890 \begin_layout Standard
21891 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21892 s are placed, as described in section
21893 \begin_inset space ~
21897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21899 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21906 \begin_layout Subsection
21908 \begin_inset Index idx
21911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21920 \begin_layout Standard
21921 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21923 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21924 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21925 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21929 \begin_inset space \space{}
21933 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21936 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21937 Our example is entered by typing
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21958 \begin_inset space ~
21962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21964 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21968 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21971 \begin_layout Standard
21972 \begin_inset Float table
21977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 \begin_inset Caption
21980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21983 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21987 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21997 \begin_inset Tabular
21998 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21999 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22000 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22001 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22194 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22302 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22356 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22518 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22584 \begin_layout Standard
22585 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22588 \begin_inset space ~
22594 \begin_inset Graphics
22595 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22599 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22603 \begin_layout Section
22604 Brackets and Delimiters
22605 \begin_inset Index idx
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22615 \begin_inset Index idx
22618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22627 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22634 \begin_layout Standard
22635 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22636 For most purposes, using just the keys
22641 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22642 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22643 toolbar delimiter icon
22644 \begin_inset Graphics
22645 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22650 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22652 \begin_inset Formula \[
22653 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22656 \end{array}\right]\]
22660 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22661 \begin_inset Formula \[
22662 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22669 \begin_layout Standard
22670 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22671 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22674 \begin_layout Standard
22675 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22676 left side and right side.
22677 If you use the option
22680 \begin_inset space ~
22685 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22686 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22687 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22688 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22691 \begin_layout Standard
22692 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22693 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22694 inside the brackets.
22695 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22700 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22703 \begin_layout Section
22704 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22705 \begin_inset Index idx
22708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22715 \begin_inset Index idx
22718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22725 \begin_inset Index idx
22728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22729 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22737 \begin_layout Standard
22738 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22741 \begin_inset space ~
22747 \begin_inset Graphics
22748 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22753 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22754 Here is an example:
22755 \begin_inset Formula \[
22756 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22760 \end{array}\right)\]
22764 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22765 \begin_inset space ~
22769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22771 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22776 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22777 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22778 This alignment is set in the box
22783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22828 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22831 for every column as default.
22832 For example, the sequence
22833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22844 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22845 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22846 corresponds to the relevant column.
22847 The result will look like this:
22848 \begin_inset Formula \[
22850 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22851 column & has & has\, right\\
22852 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22860 \begin_layout Standard
22861 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22864 arg "newline-insert newline"
22867 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22868 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22870 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22873 or the math toolbar.
22876 \begin_layout Standard
22877 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22878 It can be created with the menu
22880 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22881 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22883 \begin_inset space ~
22895 Here is an example:
22896 \begin_inset Formula \[
22908 \begin_layout Standard
22909 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22912 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22915 arg "newline-insert newline"
22919 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22924 arg "newline-insert newline"
22927 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22928 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22932 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22935 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22936 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22937 A new row is created by every further hit of
22940 arg "newline-insert newline"
22944 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22945 Here is an example:
22946 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22947 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22948 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
22953 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22954 where you want to start the shift and hit
22959 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22960 position to the next column.
22961 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22962 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22963 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22964 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22971 \begin_layout Standard
22972 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22979 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22980 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22983 reference "eq:asquared"
22988 The other types are described in section
22989 \begin_inset space ~
22993 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22995 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23002 \begin_layout Section
23003 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23004 \begin_inset Index idx
23007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23008 Math ! Formula numbering
23014 \begin_inset Index idx
23017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23018 Math ! Referencing formulas
23024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23026 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23033 \begin_layout Standard
23034 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23037 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23039 \begin_inset space ~
23047 arg "math-number-toggle"
23051 The formula number appears in LyX as
23052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23059 within parentheses.
23061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23065 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23068 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23070 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23071 the document class.
23072 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23073 separated by a dot:
23074 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23075 1+1=2\end{equation}
23082 arg "math-number-toggle"
23085 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23086 You can only number displayed formulas.
23089 \begin_layout Standard
23090 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23092 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23093 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23095 \begin_inset space ~
23099 \begin_inset space ~
23103 \begin_inset space ~
23111 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23114 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23115 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23117 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23123 To number all lines use the shortcut
23126 arg "math-number-toggle"
23132 \begin_layout Standard
23133 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23136 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23137 A label is inserted with the menu
23139 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23142 when the cursor is in the formula.
23143 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23144 It is recommended to use the proposed
23145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23156 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23157 type when you have many labels in your document.
23158 We inserted in the following example the label
23159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 in the second line:
23167 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23168 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23169 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23174 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23175 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23177 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23181 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23185 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23189 \begin_inset space ~
23195 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23196 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23197 as the formula number:
23200 \begin_layout Standard
23201 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23204 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23211 \begin_layout Standard
23212 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23213 \begin_inset space ~
23217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23219 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23224 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23227 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23230 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23235 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23243 \begin_layout Section
23244 User defined math macros
23245 \begin_inset Index idx
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23257 \begin_layout Standard
23258 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23259 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23260 Math macros are explained in section
23263 \begin_inset space ~
23275 \begin_layout Section
23279 \begin_layout Subsection
23281 \begin_inset Index idx
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23293 \begin_layout Standard
23294 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23295 To set a font in a formula, use the
23298 \begin_inset space ~
23304 \begin_inset Graphics
23305 filename ../images/math/font.png
23309 , or enter its command, listed in table
23310 \begin_inset space ~
23314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23316 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23323 \begin_layout Standard
23324 \begin_inset Float table
23329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23330 \begin_inset Caption
23332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23335 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23339 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23349 \begin_inset Tabular
23350 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23351 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23352 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23353 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23385 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23412 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23439 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23472 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23499 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23526 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23621 \begin_layout Standard
23622 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23646 \begin_layout Standard
23647 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23648 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23653 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23654 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23655 Here an example where
23656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23667 denotes the set of numbers:
23668 \begin_inset Formula \[
23669 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23676 \begin_layout Standard
23677 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23683 \begin_inset space \space{}
23695 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23699 \begin_inset Newline newline
23702 So it is better not to use this feature.
23705 \begin_layout Standard
23706 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23707 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23711 \begin_inset Newline newline
23714 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23720 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23721 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23727 \begin_layout Standard
23734 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23737 \begin_layout Standard
23738 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23740 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23741 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23743 \begin_inset space ~
23751 \begin_layout Subsection
23753 \begin_inset Index idx
23756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23765 \begin_layout Standard
23766 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23768 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23772 \begin_inset space ~
23776 \begin_inset space ~
23784 \begin_inset space ~
23790 \begin_inset Graphics
23791 filename ../images/math/font.png
23802 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23803 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23804 Here is an example:
23805 \begin_inset Formula \[
23807 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23808 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23816 \begin_layout Subsection
23818 \begin_inset Index idx
23821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23830 \begin_layout Standard
23831 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23832 automatically chosen in most situations.
23850 For most characters,
23858 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23859 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23864 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23865 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23867 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23868 \begin_inset Graphics
23869 filename ../images/math/style.png
23874 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23875 For example, you can set
23876 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23879 , which is normally in
23888 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
23892 The four styles are used in the following example:
23895 \begin_layout Standard
23896 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
23900 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
23904 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
23908 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
23914 \begin_layout Standard
23915 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23916 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23918 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23920 \begin_inset space ~
23925 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
23926 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
23927 will be adjusted to correspond.
23928 As an example here is a formula in the font size
23929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23939 \begin_layout Standard
23943 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
23949 \begin_layout Section
23953 \begin_layout Standard
23954 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
23955 the document classes and into layout modules.
23956 \begin_inset Index idx
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23965 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
23966 other than the AMS classes.
23968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23970 reference "sub:Modules"
23974 for more on layout modules.
23977 \begin_layout Section
23979 \begin_inset Index idx
23982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23989 \begin_inset Index idx
23992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24001 \begin_layout Standard
24002 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24003 (AMS) that are in common use.
24006 \begin_layout Subsection
24007 Enabling AMS-Support
24010 \begin_layout Standard
24011 Selecting the checkbox
24014 \begin_inset space ~
24018 \begin_inset space ~
24022 \begin_inset space ~
24029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24033 \begin_inset Index idx
24036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24037 Document ! Settings
24045 \begin_inset space ~
24050 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24052 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24053 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24056 \begin_layout Subsection
24058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24060 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24065 \begin_inset Index idx
24068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24069 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24077 \begin_layout Standard
24078 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24079 LyX allows you to choose between
24100 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24103 \begin_layout Chapter
24107 \begin_layout Section
24109 \begin_inset Index idx
24112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24121 name "sec:Cross-References"
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24130 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24132 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24133 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24134 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24137 \begin_layout Enumerate
24141 \begin_layout Enumerate
24142 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24144 name "enu:Second-item"
24151 \begin_layout Enumerate
24155 \begin_layout Standard
24156 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24161 or by pressing the toolbar button
24162 \begin_inset Graphics
24163 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24169 A grey label box like this:
24170 \begin_inset Graphics
24171 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24176 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24177 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24212 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24217 \begin_inset space \space{}
24220 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24235 \begin_layout Standard
24236 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24241 or the toolbar button
24242 \begin_inset Graphics
24243 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24249 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24250 \begin_inset Graphics
24251 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24256 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24258 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24267 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24271 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24275 \begin_layout Standard
24278 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24281 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24286 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24287 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24295 \begin_layout Standard
24296 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24297 \begin_inset space ~
24301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24303 reference "enu:Second-item"
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24311 It is recommended to use a protected space
24315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24316 described in section
24317 \begin_inset space ~
24321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24323 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24332 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24336 \begin_layout Standard
24337 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24340 \begin_layout Description
24341 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24344 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24351 \begin_layout Description
24352 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24353 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24365 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24372 \begin_layout Description
24373 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24374 \begin_inset space ~
24378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24379 LatexCommand pageref
24380 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24387 \begin_layout Description
24389 \begin_inset space ~
24393 \begin_inset space ~
24396 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24397 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24398 LatexCommand vpageref
24399 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24406 \begin_layout Description
24408 \begin_inset space ~
24412 \begin_inset space ~
24416 \begin_inset space ~
24419 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24423 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24430 \begin_layout Description
24432 \begin_inset space ~
24435 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24436 \begin_inset Newline newline
24440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24448 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24453 \begin_inset Index idx
24456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24457 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24470 \begin_layout Standard
24471 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24472 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24474 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24478 \begin_inset space \space{}
24482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24496 \begin_layout Standard
24497 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24498 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24499 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24503 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24507 \begin_layout Standard
24508 You can only use the style
24512 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24516 is always possible.
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24521 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24522 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24523 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24524 \begin_inset space ~
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24530 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24537 \begin_layout Standard
24541 \begin_inset space ~
24545 \begin_inset space ~
24550 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24552 The button text changes then to
24555 \begin_inset space ~
24560 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24561 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24562 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24563 \begin_inset Graphics
24564 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24565 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24566 rotateOrigin center
24573 \begin_layout Standard
24574 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24575 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24576 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24579 \begin_layout Standard
24580 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24581 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24584 \begin_layout Standard
24585 References are described in detail in the
24592 \begin_layout Section
24593 Table of Contents and other Listings
24594 \begin_inset Index idx
24597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24604 \begin_inset Index idx
24607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24623 \begin_layout Subsection
24625 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24627 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24634 \begin_layout Standard
24635 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24638 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24640 \begin_inset space ~
24644 \begin_inset space ~
24650 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24651 If you click on it, the
24655 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24656 sections in your documents.
24657 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24659 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24662 that is described in sec.
24663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24669 reference "sec:Navigating"
24676 \begin_layout Standard
24677 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24678 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24680 \begin_inset space ~
24684 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24686 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24690 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24698 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24702 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24704 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24707 \begin_layout Subsection
24708 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24711 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24720 You can insert them via the
24722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24724 \begin_inset space ~
24728 \begin_inset space ~
24734 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24737 \begin_layout Section
24738 URLs and Hyperlinks
24739 \begin_inset Index idx
24742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24749 \begin_inset Index idx
24752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24761 \begin_layout Subsection
24763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24772 \begin_layout Standard
24773 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24781 \begin_layout Standard
24782 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24783 \begin_inset Flex URL
24786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24796 \begin_layout Standard
24797 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24803 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24816 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24824 \begin_layout Subsection
24826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24828 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24835 \begin_layout Standard
24836 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24838 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24841 or with the toolbar button
24842 \begin_inset Graphics
24843 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24849 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24858 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24859 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24860 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24862 name "LyX's homepage"
24863 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24867 , an Email address like this:
24868 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24870 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24871 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24876 , or a link to a file.
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24880 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24893 to the link target.
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24898 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24899 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24900 the text style dialog.
24901 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24905 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24907 name "LyX's homepage"
24908 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24915 \begin_layout Standard
24916 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24920 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24922 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24923 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24927 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
24929 \begin_inset Newline newline
24937 \begin_inset Newline newline
24944 in the PDF Properties dialog.
24947 \begin_layout Section
24949 \begin_inset Index idx
24952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24961 name "sec:Appendices"
24968 \begin_layout Standard
24969 Appendices are created with the menu
24971 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24973 \begin_inset space ~
24977 \begin_inset space ~
24983 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
24984 as the appendix region.
24985 The region is marked with a red borderline.
24988 \begin_layout Standard
24989 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
24990 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
24991 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
24992 and the subsection number.
24993 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
24997 \begin_layout Standard
24999 \begin_inset space ~
25003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25005 reference "cha:Credits"
25010 \begin_inset space ~
25014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25016 reference "sub:Export"
25023 \begin_layout Section
25025 \begin_inset Index idx
25028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25035 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25037 name "sec:Bibliography"
25044 \begin_layout Standard
25045 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25046 You can include a bibliography database,
25050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25051 Known under the name
25052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25064 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25065 manually, using the paragraph environment
25069 , which was described in section
25070 \begin_inset space ~
25074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25076 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25081 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25082 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25086 use a bibliography database.
25089 \begin_layout Subsection
25090 The Bibliography Environment
25093 \begin_layout Standard
25098 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25100 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25109 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25111 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25120 , a short form of its title, as key.
25123 \begin_layout Standard
25124 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25129 or the toolbar button
25130 \begin_inset Graphics
25131 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25132 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25137 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25138 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25139 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25140 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25144 \begin_layout Standard
25145 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25146 entry with surrounding brackets.
25151 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25152 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25154 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25167 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25170 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25172 key "latexcompanion"
25179 \begin_layout Standard
25180 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25181 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25190 \begin_layout Subsection
25191 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25192 \begin_inset Index idx
25195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25196 Bibliography ! Databases
25202 \begin_inset Index idx
25205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25206 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25214 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25228 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25230 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25231 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25236 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25238 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25239 your working field in a database.
25240 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25241 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25243 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25247 \begin_layout Standard
25248 The database is a text file with the file extension
25249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25260 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25261 The format is explained in
25262 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25268 and in LaTeX books (
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25271 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25276 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25277 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25278 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25279 \begin_inset Flex URL
25282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25284 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25292 \begin_layout Standard
25293 To use a database, use the menu
25295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25300 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25313 \begin_inset space ~
25319 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25320 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25323 Add bibliography to TOC
25325 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25330 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25333 \begin_layout Standard
25334 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25346 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25347 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25348 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25350 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25356 For information how this is done, have a look at
25357 \begin_inset Newline newline
25361 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25363 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25375 \begin_layout Standard
25376 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25379 \begin_layout Standard
25380 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25381 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25384 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25412 \begin_inset space ~
25418 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25424 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25433 \begin_layout Standard
25434 When you select the option
25436 Sectioned bibliography
25440 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25443 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25444 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25446 Customizing Bibliographies
25454 Additional Features
25459 \begin_layout Standard
25460 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25461 the two methods of creating them.
25462 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25463 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25464 We used the style file
25468 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25471 \begin_layout Subsection
25472 Bibliography layout
25473 \begin_inset Index idx
25476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25477 Bibliography ! Layout
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25486 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25487 For this feature you need to enable the option
25493 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25497 \begin_inset Index idx
25500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25501 Document ! Settings
25511 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25512 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25513 in the previous section.
25516 \begin_layout Standard
25517 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25518 in the citation reference window.
25519 Here an example where we set the text
25520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25524 \begin_inset space ~
25528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25531 to appear after the reference:
25534 \begin_layout Standard
25536 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25539 key "latexcompanion"
25546 \begin_layout Section
25548 \begin_inset Index idx
25551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25568 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25572 \begin_inset space ~
25577 or the toolbar button
25578 \begin_inset Graphics
25579 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25580 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25586 \change_deleted 1 1250501350
25590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25596 \change_inserted 1 1250501353
25600 \change_inserted 1 1250501354
25606 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25609 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25610 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25611 by LyX as the index entry.
25614 \begin_layout Standard
25615 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25616 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25620 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25629 \change_deleted 1 1250501388
25630 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25633 \begin_layout Standard
25634 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25638 \begin_inset space ~
25642 \begin_inset space ~
25645 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25647 \begin_inset space ~
25653 A light blue box labeled
25654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25662 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25665 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25666 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25669 \begin_layout Subsection
25670 Grouping Index Entries
25671 \begin_inset Index idx
25674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25683 \begin_layout Standard
25684 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25686 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25687 lists under the entry
25688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25696 First we create the entry
25697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25705 \begin_inset space ~
25709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25711 reference "sub:Lists"
25716 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25717 \begin_inset space ~
25721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25723 reference "sec:Itemize"
25727 , we insert the command
25730 \begin_layout Standard
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25740 \begin_layout Standard
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25747 for the enumerated list in section
25748 \begin_inset space ~
25752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25754 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25761 \begin_layout Standard
25762 The exclamation mark
25763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25770 marks the grouping levels.
25771 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25772 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25773 If we don't have an index entry for
25774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25781 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25784 \begin_layout Subsection
25786 \begin_inset Index idx
25789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25790 Index ! Page ranges
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25799 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25801 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25802 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25804 \begin_inset space ~
25808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25810 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25817 \begin_layout Standard
25820 Paragraph environments|(
25823 \begin_layout Standard
25824 and another entry at the end of section
25825 \begin_inset space ~
25829 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25831 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25838 \begin_layout Standard
25841 Paragraph environments|)
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25869 respectively start and end the index range.
25870 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25871 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25872 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25873 An example is the index entry
25874 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25877 Document ! Settings
25878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25884 \begin_layout Subsection
25886 \begin_inset Index idx
25889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25890 Index ! Cross referencing
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25899 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25900 We referred for example in the index entry
25901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25909 \begin_inset space ~
25913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25915 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25919 ) to the index entry
25920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25927 in the same section using the entry
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25933 GIF|see{Image formats}
25936 \begin_layout Standard
25937 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25938 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25939 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25942 \begin_layout Subsection
25944 \begin_inset Index idx
25947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25948 Index ! Entry order
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25958 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25959 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25964 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25966 \begin_inset space ~
25970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25972 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25981 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25982 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
25983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25991 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26007 \begin_inset Index idx
26010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26011 Dummy entries ! maïs
26017 \begin_inset Index idx
26020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26021 Dummy entries ! maître
26027 \begin_inset Index idx
26030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26031 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26036 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26037 order maïs, maison, maître.
26038 To achieve this, we use the command
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26044 previous entry@current entry
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 In our case we want to have
26049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26057 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26064 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26067 \begin_layout Standard
26073 \begin_layout Standard
26074 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26075 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26079 \begin_layout Standard
26080 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26086 \begin_layout Standard
26087 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26092 to generate the index (see sec.
26093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26099 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26108 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26110 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26116 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26120 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26121 index commands start with
26122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26134 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26139 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26142 \begin_layout Standard
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26166 \begin_layout Subsection
26168 \begin_inset Index idx
26171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26172 Index ! Entry layout
26180 \begin_layout Standard
26181 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26182 \begin_inset Index idx
26185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26188 This is an italic dummy entry
26193 You can also format the page number using the character
26194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26201 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26202 We can write for example
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26208 italic page number:|textit
26211 \begin_layout Standard
26212 to get the page number in italic.
26213 \begin_inset Index idx
26216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26217 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26222 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26240 \begin_inset space ~
26246 Have a look at section
26247 \begin_inset space ~
26251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26253 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26257 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26260 \begin_layout Standard
26261 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26269 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26273 to generate the index, see sec.
26274 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26280 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26289 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26290 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26292 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26295 key "latexcompanion"
26307 \begin_layout Standard
26308 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26310 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26311 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26312 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26313 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26314 If so, put the following in the preamble
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26329 \begin_layout Standard
26333 \begin_layout Standard
26339 \begin_layout Standard
26340 in the index entry.
26341 \begin_inset Index idx
26344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26345 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26350 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26351 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26352 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26356 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26358 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26362 \begin_inset space \space{}
26365 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26366 for all index entries.
26367 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26379 documentation for details,
26380 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26382 key "makeindex,xindy"
26387 \change_inserted 1 1250502076
26391 \begin_layout Subsection
26393 \begin_inset Index idx
26396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26405 name "sub:Index-Program"
26412 \begin_layout Standard
26414 \change_deleted 1 1250501423
26416 \change_inserted 1 1250501423
26419 the index entry program
26422 \change_deleted 1 1250501596
26425 , which is only available for Linux,
26427 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26431 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26432 \change_inserted 1 1250501973
26437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26439 \change_inserted 1 1250502015
26444 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26445 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26446 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26447 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26448 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26462 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26463 dialog, see section
26464 \begin_inset space ~
26468 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26470 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26475 The available options are listed and explained in
26476 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26478 key "makeindex,xindy"
26484 \change_inserted 1 1250501656
26486 \change_deleted 1 1250501657
26488 \change_inserted 1 1250501657
26491 ou can also specify
26492 \change_deleted 1 1250501665
26494 \change_inserted 1 1250501676
26497 program to generate the index.
26498 \change_inserted 1 1250501450
26502 \begin_layout Standard
26504 \change_inserted 1 1250501906
26505 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26506 given document, you can define the programm and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26509 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26510 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26511 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26515 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26516 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26517 \change_deleted 1 1250501980
26521 \begin_layout Standard
26523 \change_deleted 1 1250501966
26528 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26529 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26530 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26531 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26532 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26538 \change_inserted 1 1250502093
26542 \begin_layout Subsection
26544 \change_inserted 1 1250502212
26548 \begin_layout Standard
26550 \change_inserted 1 1250502759
26551 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26552 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26557 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26560 next to the standard index.
26561 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26562 packages that add this feature.
26568 \begin_inset Index idx
26571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26573 \change_inserted 1 1250502516
26574 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26579 package to generate multiple indexes.
26580 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26581 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26582 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26589 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26590 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26591 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26594 \begin_layout Standard
26596 \change_inserted 1 1250503374
26597 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26599 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26600 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26601 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26608 Use multiple Indexes
26609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26613 Note that the list of
26614 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26618 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26621 below already contains the standard index.
26622 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26623 also appear as a heading) to the
26624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26631 input field and press the
26632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26636 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26640 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26641 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26642 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26646 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26652 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26653 indexes in the LyX work area.
26656 \begin_layout Standard
26658 \change_inserted 1 1250503916
26659 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26664 \begin_inset space ~
26668 \begin_inset space ~
26677 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26678 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26679 are some additional features:
26682 \begin_layout Itemize
26684 \change_inserted 1 1250503922
26685 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26686 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26689 \begin_layout Itemize
26691 \change_inserted 1 1250504088
26692 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26693 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26702 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26704 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26707 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26708 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26709 to the non-subindexes.
26712 \begin_layout Section
26713 Nomenclature / Glossary
26714 \begin_inset Index idx
26717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26724 \begin_inset Index idx
26727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26758 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26766 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26767 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26771 \begin_layout Standard
26772 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26777 \begin_inset Index idx
26780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26781 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26787 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26788 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26794 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26797 \begin_layout Standard
26798 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26799 and then use the menu
26801 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26807 \begin_inset space ~
26812 or the toolbar button
26813 \begin_inset Graphics
26814 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26815 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26832 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26835 \begin_layout Standard
26836 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26837 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26838 The second is the description of the symbol.
26841 \begin_layout Standard
26842 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26850 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26858 \begin_layout Subsection
26859 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26860 \begin_inset Index idx
26863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26864 Nomenclature ! Layout
26872 \begin_layout Standard
26873 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26877 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26879 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26883 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26891 \begin_inset Newline newline
26899 \begin_inset Newline newline
26905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26912 character starts/ends the formula.
26913 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26925 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26935 \begin_layout Standard
26936 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26937 \begin_inset space ~
26941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26943 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26950 \begin_layout Standard
26954 \begin_inset space ~
26959 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26960 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26965 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26972 in this document is:
26973 \begin_inset Newline newline
26978 dummy entry for the character
26983 \begin_inset Newline newline
26995 \begin_inset space ~
27005 font use the command
27034 \begin_layout Subsection
27035 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27036 \begin_inset Index idx
27039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27040 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27048 \begin_layout Standard
27049 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27050 the symbol definition.
27051 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27052 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27055 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27056 LatexCommand nomenclature
27058 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27065 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27069 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27070 LatexCommand nomenclature
27073 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27078 They will be sorted by
27079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27105 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27108 will be sorted before the
27112 since the character
27113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27120 is considered in sorting.
27123 \begin_layout Standard
27124 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27127 \begin_inset space ~
27132 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27133 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27135 For the example given, you can insert
27139 in this field for the
27140 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27147 will be located before
27148 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27154 \begin_layout Standard
27155 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27169 \begin_layout Subsection
27170 Nomenclature Options
27171 \begin_inset Index idx
27174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27175 Nomenclature ! Options
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27188 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27189 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27192 \begin_layout Description
27193 refeq Appends the phrase
27194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27209 to every nomenclature entry, where
27215 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27218 \begin_layout Description
27219 refpage Appends the phrase
27220 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27235 to every nomenclature entry, where
27241 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27244 \begin_layout Description
27245 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27248 \begin_layout Standard
27249 There are furthermore the options
27293 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27298 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27299 class options list in the
27301 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27305 In this document the option
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27313 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27319 \begin_layout Standard
27320 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27321 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27326 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27329 \begin_layout Description
27339 \begin_layout Description
27342 nomrefpage Like the
27349 \begin_layout Description
27352 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27361 \begin_layout Description
27365 \begin_inset space ~
27371 \begin_inset space ~
27376 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27379 \begin_layout Subsection
27380 Printing the Nomenclature
27381 \begin_inset Index idx
27384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27385 Nomenclature ! Printing
27393 \begin_layout Standard
27394 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27396 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27398 \begin_inset space ~
27402 \begin_inset space ~
27405 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27409 A light blue box labeled
27410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27421 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27422 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27426 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27435 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27443 For example, in order to change the name to
27447 , add the following line to the preamble:
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27458 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27470 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27481 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27484 \begin_layout Standard
27487 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27488 \begin_inset space ~
27492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27494 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27499 The default value is 1
27500 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27506 \begin_layout Subsection
27507 Nomenclature Program
27508 \begin_inset Index idx
27511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27512 Nomenclature ! Program
27518 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27520 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27528 LyX uses the program
27532 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27533 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27538 by adding options, see section
27539 \begin_inset space ~
27543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27545 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27550 The available options are listed and explained in
27551 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27553 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27560 \begin_layout Section
27562 \begin_inset Index idx
27565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27572 \begin_inset Index idx
27575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27576 Document ! Branches
27582 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27584 name "sec:Branches"
27591 \begin_layout Standard
27592 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27593 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27594 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27595 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27599 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27600 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27601 To create a branch, go in the
27603 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27611 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27612 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27615 \begin_layout Standard
27616 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27617 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27622 where you can choose a branch.
27623 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27626 \begin_layout Standard
27627 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27628 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27632 \begin_inset Branch Question
27635 \begin_layout Standard
27636 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27644 \begin_layout Standard
27645 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27648 \begin_layout Standard
27649 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27657 \begin_layout Standard
27658 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27666 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27668 For example you can define for the question branch
27672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27673 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27674 \begin_inset space ~
27678 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27680 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27692 \begin_layout Standard
27702 \begin_layout Standard
27712 \begin_layout Standard
27713 and for the answer branch
27716 \begin_layout Standard
27726 \begin_layout Standard
27736 \begin_layout Standard
27737 \begin_inset Branch Question
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27772 \begin_layout Standard
27773 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27776 \begin_layout Standard
27780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27808 \begin_layout Standard
27809 Now it is possible to use the commands
27813 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27820 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27823 to obtain conditional output.
27824 Here is an example formula where only the
27831 \begin_inset Formula \[
27832 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27839 \begin_layout Standard
27840 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27848 \begin_layout Section
27850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27852 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27857 \begin_inset Index idx
27860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27869 \begin_layout Standard
27874 dialog allows you in the
27878 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27879 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27884 \begin_inset Index idx
27887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27888 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27896 \begin_layout Standard
27901 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27902 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27903 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27905 You can specify in the dialog tab
27909 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27911 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27912 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27921 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27922 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27923 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27925 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27926 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27928 \begin_inset space ~
27931 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27932 \begin_inset space ~
27935 1 will only display the sections.
27938 \begin_layout Standard
27939 The header information in the dialog tab
27943 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27944 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27945 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27949 \begin_inset space \space{}
27952 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27953 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27956 Automatic fill header
27958 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27959 title and author settings.
27962 \begin_layout Standard
27965 Load in fullscreen mode
27967 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27971 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27972 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27978 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27979 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27988 \begin_layout Section
27989 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27990 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27992 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27999 \begin_layout Subsection
28001 \begin_inset Index idx
28004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28011 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28013 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28020 \begin_layout Standard
28021 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28022 constructs, but not all.
28023 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28024 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28025 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28026 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28027 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28031 \begin_layout Standard
28032 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28034 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28036 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28038 \begin_inset space ~
28043 or by the toolbar button
28044 \begin_inset Graphics
28045 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28050 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28054 \begin_layout Standard
28055 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28056 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28057 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
28064 , you can write the command part
28070 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28074 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28075 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28076 the following example:
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 \begin_inset Graphics
28081 filename clipart/ERT.png
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28093 \begin_layout Standard
28094 This is a line with a
28098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28121 \begin_layout Standard
28122 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28130 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28131 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28139 \begin_layout Subsection
28140 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28141 \begin_inset OptArg
28144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28151 \begin_inset Index idx
28154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28163 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28170 \begin_layout Standard
28171 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28172 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28173 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28182 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28183 any time if you know the right commands.
28185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28189 \begin_inset space \space{}
28192 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28194 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28195 all caption labels bold.
28196 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28198 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28202 \begin_layout Standard
28203 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28204 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28205 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28207 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 As result you know that the package
28222 \begin_inset Index idx
28225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28226 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28232 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28234 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28240 \begin_layout Standard
28245 usepackage[options]{package name}
28248 \begin_layout Standard
28249 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28250 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28251 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28254 \begin_layout Standard
28255 In your case the package name is
28260 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28265 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28266 So you add the command
28269 \begin_layout Standard
28274 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28277 \begin_layout Standard
28278 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28283 For more commands provided by the
28287 package, have a look at its documentation,
28288 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28302 \begin_layout Standard
28303 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28305 For example if you use a
28309 class, you don't need the package
28313 , you can instead write
28316 \begin_layout Standard
28321 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28326 \begin_layout Standard
28327 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28328 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28329 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28336 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28339 \begin_layout Standard
28340 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28341 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28343 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28344 the previous section.
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28350 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28352 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28360 \begin_layout Section
28361 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28364 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28369 \begin_inset Index idx
28372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28379 \begin_inset Index idx
28382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28391 \begin_layout Standard
28392 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28393 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28394 to break your train of thought with
28396 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28402 \begin_layout Standard
28403 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28404 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28409 \begin_inset Index idx
28412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28413 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28418 as explained below, and turn on
28421 \begin_inset space ~
28428 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28434 \begin_inset space ~
28438 \begin_inset space ~
28441 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28447 \begin_layout Standard
28448 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28450 Previews of an already loaded document are
28454 generated just by selecting the
28457 \begin_inset space ~
28462 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28465 \begin_layout Standard
28466 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28467 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28470 \begin_inset space ~
28475 check box in the insert dialog.
28476 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28480 \begin_layout Standard
28481 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28485 (on some systems named simply
28490 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28492 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28498 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28499 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28507 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28512 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28518 \begin_layout Standard
28519 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28523 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28525 \begin_inset space ~
28530 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28531 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28533 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28534 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28535 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28536 the source view window.
28539 \begin_layout Section
28541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28543 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28548 \begin_inset Index idx
28551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28560 \begin_layout Standard
28561 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28562 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28579 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28585 can be seen as the successor to
28589 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28594 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28595 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28603 \begin_layout Standard
28604 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28605 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28612 \begin_layout Standard
28615 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28618 or the toolbar button
28619 \begin_inset Graphics
28620 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28621 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28625 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28626 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28627 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28628 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28629 scrolled so that it is visible.
28634 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28636 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28640 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28641 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28644 \begin_layout Standard
28645 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28652 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28653 will bring an error message.
28654 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28655 specifying a different
28657 Alternative language
28659 in preferences dialog.
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28666 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28670 \begin_layout Standard
28671 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28672 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28674 But you can use the
28677 \begin_inset space ~
28681 \begin_inset space ~
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28690 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28691 This does work with
28695 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28698 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28707 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28710 \begin_layout Description
28712 \begin_inset space ~
28715 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28716 should consider, e.
28717 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28721 \begin_inset space \space{}
28724 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28725 This should not normally be needed.
28728 \begin_layout Description
28730 \begin_inset space ~
28733 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28734 the spell checker's default choice
28737 \begin_layout Description
28739 \begin_inset space ~
28743 \begin_inset space ~
28746 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28758 \begin_layout Description
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28764 \begin_inset space ~
28767 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28776 also for the spellchecker.
28780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28781 The encodings are explained in section
28782 \begin_inset space ~
28786 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28788 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28797 Only enable this if you use
28801 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28802 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28803 so this is disabled by default.
28806 \begin_layout Section
28808 \begin_inset Index idx
28811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28820 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28828 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28829 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28839 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28841 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28850 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28851 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28852 are available for many languages.
28855 \begin_layout Standard
28856 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28860 \begin_layout Subsection
28861 Setting up the thesaurus
28864 \begin_layout Standard
28869 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28874 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28879 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28881 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28885 en_EN for English).
28886 For instance, the English files are named:
28889 \begin_layout Itemize
28893 \begin_layout Itemize
28897 \begin_layout Standard
28898 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28899 already on your system.
28900 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28901 \begin_inset Flex URL
28904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28906 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28912 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28917 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28919 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28920 unpack a zip archive.
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28932 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28933 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28935 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28936 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28940 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28943 \begin_layout Subsection
28944 Using the thesaurus
28947 \begin_layout Standard
28948 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28950 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 or the toolbar button
28954 \begin_inset Graphics
28955 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28956 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28957 rotateOrigin center
28961 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28963 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28965 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28966 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28967 and hyponyms (such as
28975 ), compounds (such as
28979 ) and antonyms (such as
28987 ), which are marked as such.
28990 \begin_layout Standard
28991 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28992 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28996 \begin_layout Standard
28997 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28998 the dictionary, such as the above
29002 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29003 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29007 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29008 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29009 For example looking up the word forms
29017 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29022 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29023 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29035 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29036 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29037 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29040 \begin_layout Subsection
29041 License of the Thesaurus library
29044 \begin_layout Standard
29049 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29054 as a standalone program.
29055 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29056 The library was released under the
29058 Berkeley Database License
29060 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29061 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29062 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29064 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29067 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29071 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29074 \begin_layout Section
29076 \begin_inset Index idx
29079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29086 \begin_inset Index idx
29089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29090 Document ! Change Tracking
29096 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29098 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29105 \begin_layout Standard
29106 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29107 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29108 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29109 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29113 \begin_inset space ~
29116 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29118 \begin_inset space ~
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29127 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29141 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29142 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29145 \begin_inset space ~
29149 \begin_inset space ~
29159 \begin_inset Index idx
29162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 Color ! Change tracking
29168 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29169 the cursor is in changed text.
29170 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29171 \begin_inset Graphics
29172 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29174 rotateOrigin center
29181 \begin_layout Standard
29182 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29183 \begin_inset Index idx
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29195 \begin_layout Standard
29196 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29202 \begin_layout Standard
29203 \begin_inset Graphics
29204 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29211 \begin_layout Standard
29212 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29218 \begin_layout Standard
29219 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29223 \begin_layout Standard
29224 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29231 \begin_inset Tabular
29232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29233 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29234 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29235 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 \begin_inset Graphics
29242 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29244 rotateOrigin center
29253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29261 \begin_inset space ~
29264 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29266 \begin_inset space ~
29275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29280 \begin_inset Graphics
29281 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29283 rotateOrigin center
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29300 \begin_inset space ~
29303 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29305 \begin_inset space ~
29309 \begin_inset space ~
29313 \begin_inset space ~
29322 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29327 \begin_inset Graphics
29328 filename ../images/change-next.png
29329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29330 rotateOrigin center
29339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29343 Jumps to the next change
29349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29354 \begin_inset Graphics
29355 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29357 rotateOrigin center
29366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29374 \begin_inset space ~
29377 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29379 \begin_inset space ~
29388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29393 \begin_inset Graphics
29394 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29395 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29396 rotateOrigin center
29405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29411 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29413 \begin_inset space ~
29416 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29418 \begin_inset space ~
29427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29432 \begin_inset Graphics
29433 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29434 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29435 rotateOrigin center
29444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29452 \begin_inset space ~
29455 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29457 \begin_inset space ~
29466 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29471 \begin_inset Graphics
29472 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29473 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29474 rotateOrigin center
29483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29489 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29491 \begin_inset space ~
29494 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29496 \begin_inset space ~
29500 \begin_inset space ~
29509 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29514 \begin_inset Graphics
29515 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29517 rotateOrigin center
29526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29534 \begin_inset space ~
29537 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29539 \begin_inset space ~
29543 \begin_inset space ~
29552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29557 \begin_inset Graphics
29558 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29560 rotateOrigin center
29569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29575 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29576 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29578 \begin_inset space ~
29587 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29592 \begin_inset Graphics
29593 filename ../images/note-next.png
29594 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29595 rotateOrigin center
29604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29612 \begin_inset space ~
29628 \begin_layout Standard
29629 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29635 \begin_layout Standard
29636 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29637 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29638 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29639 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29640 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29641 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29642 step to the next change.
29643 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29647 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29648 to describe a change.
29651 \begin_layout Standard
29652 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29657 \begin_inset Index idx
29660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29661 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29667 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29668 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29674 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29677 \begin_layout Section
29678 International Support
29679 \begin_inset Index idx
29682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29683 International support
29691 \begin_layout Standard
29692 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29693 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29694 how to set up LyX to use them:
29695 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29697 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29705 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29706 \begin_inset space ~
29710 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29712 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29719 \begin_layout Subsection
29721 \begin_inset Index idx
29724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29731 \begin_inset Index idx
29734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 Document ! Settings
29741 \begin_inset Index idx
29744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29745 Document ! Language
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29756 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29759 dialog lets you set
29761 the language and character encoding for your language.
29765 \begin_layout Standard
29766 Choose your language in the
29770 section of this dialog.
29778 \begin_layout Standard
29783 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29788 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29789 For details about the different encoding options see section
29790 \begin_inset space ~
29794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29796 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29803 \begin_layout Subsection
29804 Keyboard mapping configuration
29805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29807 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29814 \begin_layout Standard
29815 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29816 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29817 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29818 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29819 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29821 \begin_inset space ~
29825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29827 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29832 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29833 which one you want to use.
29836 \begin_layout Standard
29837 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29838 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29839 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29840 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29841 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29842 one to support the characters you want.
29843 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29850 \begin_layout Subsection
29854 \begin_layout Standard
29856 \begin_inset space ~
29860 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29862 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29871 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29875 \begin_layout Standard
29876 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29877 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29885 \begin_layout Itemize
29886 Even if you have selected
29892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29895 dialog, users who have only the
29899 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29903 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29904 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29905 french quotes won't show up.
29908 \begin_layout Standard
29909 \begin_inset Float table
29914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29915 \begin_inset Caption
29917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29920 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29938 \begin_inset Tabular
29939 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29940 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29941 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29942 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29943 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29944 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29945 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29946 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29947 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29948 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29949 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29950 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29951 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29952 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29953 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34370 \begin_layout Standard
34371 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34373 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34374 also the characters from
34386 \begin_layout Itemize
34395 \begin_layout Standard
34396 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34397 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34403 \begin_layout Standard
34404 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34411 \begin_layout Standard
34412 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34413 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34419 \begin_layout Standard
34420 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34421 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34427 \begin_layout Standard
34429 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34437 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34443 \begin_layout Standard
34445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34452 \begin_layout Itemize
34465 \begin_layout Standard
34467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34473 \begin_layout Standard
34475 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34481 \begin_layout Standard
34483 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34489 \begin_layout Standard
34491 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34497 \begin_layout Standard
34499 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34507 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34514 \begin_layout Standard
34515 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34516 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34517 Also make sure you're using the
34524 \begin_layout Chapter
34527 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34529 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34536 \begin_layout Standard
34537 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34538 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34539 topic inside the user's guide.
34542 \begin_layout Section
34544 \begin_inset Index idx
34547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34561 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34562 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34565 \begin_layout Subsection
34569 \begin_layout Standard
34570 Creates a new document.
34573 \begin_layout Subsection
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34578 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34579 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34580 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34583 \begin_layout Subsection
34587 \begin_layout Standard
34591 \begin_layout Subsection
34595 \begin_layout Standard
34596 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34597 Click there on a file to open it.
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 Closes the current document.
34608 \begin_layout Subsection
34612 \begin_layout Standard
34613 Saves the actual document.
34616 \begin_layout Subsection
34620 \begin_layout Standard
34621 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34624 \begin_layout Subsection
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 Saves all opened documents.
34632 \begin_layout Subsection
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34637 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34640 \begin_layout Subsection
34644 \begin_layout Standard
34645 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34646 It is described in the section
34648 Version Control in LyX
34652 Additional Features
34657 \begin_layout Subsection
34661 \begin_layout Standard
34662 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34663 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34664 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34665 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 When using the menu entry
34672 \begin_inset space ~
34677 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34681 \begin_inset space ~
34685 \begin_inset space ~
34690 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34691 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34694 \begin_layout Subsection
34696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34705 \begin_layout Standard
34706 You can export your document to various file formats.
34707 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34708 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34709 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34712 \begin_layout Standard
34713 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34715 \begin_inset space ~
34719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34721 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34728 \begin_layout Description
34732 \begin_inset space ~
34737 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34738 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34741 \begin_layout Description
34749 \begin_layout Description
34750 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34754 \begin_layout Description
34756 \begin_inset space ~
34760 \begin_inset space ~
34763 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34767 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34775 \begin_layout Description
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34790 \begin_inset space ~
34795 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34796 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34800 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34803 \begin_layout Description
34810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34818 \begin_inset space ~
34823 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34824 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34832 \begin_layout Description
34834 \begin_inset space ~
34837 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34838 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34842 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34845 is replaced by the version number)
34848 \begin_layout Description
34849 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34862 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34866 \begin_layout Description
34870 \begin_inset space ~
34875 PDF-format using the program
34880 \begin_layout Description
34884 \begin_inset space ~
34889 PDF-format using the program
34894 \begin_layout Description
34898 \begin_inset space ~
34903 PDF-format using the program
34908 \begin_layout Description
34912 \begin_inset space ~
34920 \begin_layout Description
34924 \begin_inset space ~
34928 \begin_inset space ~
34933 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34934 and then exported as text using the program
34939 \begin_layout Description
34944 PostScript format using the program
34949 \begin_layout Description
34957 \begin_layout Standard
34962 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34963 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34969 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34972 \begin_layout Standard
34973 If one of the menu entries
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34989 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34990 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34991 \begin_inset space ~
34995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34997 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35002 \begin_inset Index idx
35005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35006 Reconfiguration of LyX
35014 \begin_layout Standard
35019 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35020 the export program.
35023 \begin_layout Subsection
35027 \begin_layout Standard
35028 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35029 format or send it to a printer.
35030 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35031 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35037 For more information have a look at section
35038 \begin_inset space ~
35042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35044 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35051 \begin_layout Subsection
35055 \begin_layout Standard
35056 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35057 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35058 prefix, see section
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35065 reference "sec:Paths"
35070 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35079 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35080 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35087 reference "sub:Converters"
35094 \begin_layout Subsection
35095 New and Close Window
35098 \begin_layout Standard
35099 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35102 \begin_layout Subsection
35106 \begin_layout Standard
35107 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35110 \begin_layout Section
35112 \begin_inset Index idx
35115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35124 \begin_layout Subsection
35128 \begin_layout Standard
35129 Described in section
35130 \begin_inset space ~
35134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35136 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35143 \begin_layout Subsection
35144 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35147 \begin_layout Standard
35148 Described in section
35149 \begin_inset space ~
35153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35155 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35162 \begin_layout Subsection
35166 \begin_layout Standard
35167 Selects the whole document.
35170 \begin_layout Subsection
35174 \begin_layout Standard
35175 Described in section
35176 \begin_inset space ~
35180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35182 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35189 \begin_layout Subsection
35190 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35193 \begin_layout Standard
35194 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35198 \begin_layout Subsection
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35203 Described in section
35204 \begin_inset space ~
35208 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35210 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35217 \begin_layout Subsection
35219 \begin_inset Index idx
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35223 Paragraph ! Settings
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35233 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35236 \begin_layout Standard
35237 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35238 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35240 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35254 \begin_layout Subsection
35255 Table Settings and Math
35258 \begin_layout Standard
35259 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35261 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35262 The properties of tables are described in section
35263 \begin_inset space ~
35267 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35269 reference "sec:Tables"
35273 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35274 \begin_inset space ~
35278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35280 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35287 \begin_layout Subsection
35288 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35291 \begin_layout Standard
35292 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35293 that can be nested.
35294 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35295 \begin_inset space ~
35299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35301 reference "sec:Nesting"
35306 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35308 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35315 \begin_layout Section
35317 \begin_inset Index idx
35320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35329 \begin_layout Standard
35334 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35335 document with an external program.
35336 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35337 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35338 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35339 \begin_inset space ~
35343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35345 reference "sub:Export"
35350 You should at least see the menu entries
35357 \begin_inset space ~
35363 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35364 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35371 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35376 \begin_inset Index idx
35379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35380 Reconfiguration of LyX
35388 \begin_layout Standard
35389 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35390 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35391 \begin_inset space ~
35395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35397 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35402 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35405 \begin_layout Standard
35406 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35409 At the bottom of the
35413 menu the opened documents are listed.
35416 \begin_layout Subsection
35417 Open/Close all Insets
35420 \begin_layout Standard
35421 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35424 \begin_layout Subsection
35425 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35428 \begin_layout Standard
35429 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35432 \begin_layout Standard
35433 Math macros are described in the
35440 \begin_layout Subsection
35444 \begin_layout Standard
35445 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35447 \begin_inset space ~
35451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35453 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35460 \begin_layout Subsection
35464 \begin_layout Standard
35465 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35466 opening a new view window.
35469 \begin_layout Subsection
35473 \begin_layout Standard
35474 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35475 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35476 view the same document, but at different positions.
35477 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35478 or more documents at the same time.
35479 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35486 \begin_layout Subsection
35490 \begin_layout Standard
35491 Closes a split view.
35494 \begin_layout Subsection
35498 \begin_layout Standard
35499 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35500 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35501 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35502 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35503 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the context menu.
35506 \begin_layout Subsection
35508 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35510 name "sub:Toolbars"
35515 \begin_inset Index idx
35518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35527 \begin_layout Standard
35528 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35529 All toolbars and the
35532 \begin_inset space ~
35537 can be turned on and off.
35542 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35554 \begin_inset space ~
35563 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35567 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35574 \begin_layout Standard
35579 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35583 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35584 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35585 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35586 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35587 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35590 \begin_layout Standard
35591 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35592 \begin_inset space ~
35596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35598 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35605 \begin_layout Section
35607 \begin_inset Index idx
35610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35619 \begin_layout Subsection
35623 \begin_layout Standard
35624 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35625 \begin_inset space ~
35629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35631 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35642 \begin_layout Subsection
35644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35646 name "sub:Special-Character"
35653 \begin_layout Standard
35654 Here you can insert the following characters:
35657 \begin_layout Description
35658 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35659 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35660 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35661 \begin_inset Newline newline
35665 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35673 Not all characters will be visible in the
35677 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35685 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35689 ) can display every character.
35697 \begin_layout Description
35698 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35702 \begin_layout Description
35704 \begin_inset space ~
35708 \begin_inset space ~
35711 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35712 \begin_inset space ~
35716 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35718 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35725 \begin_layout Description
35727 \begin_inset space ~
35730 Quote Inserts this quote:
35731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35734 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35736 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35746 \begin_layout Description
35748 \begin_inset space ~
35751 Quote Inserts this quote:
35752 \begin_inset Quotes els
35758 \begin_layout Description
35760 \begin_inset space ~
35763 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35767 \begin_layout Description
35769 \begin_inset space ~
35772 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35776 \begin_layout Description
35778 \begin_inset space ~
35781 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35785 \begin_layout Description
35787 \begin_inset space ~
35791 \begin_inset Index idx
35794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35801 \begin_inset Index idx
35804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35810 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35811 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35812 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35817 \begin_inset Index idx
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35821 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35827 \begin_inset Newline newline
35830 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35834 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35842 and this Wiki-page:
35843 \begin_inset Newline newline
35847 \begin_inset Flex URL
35850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35852 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35860 \begin_layout Subsection
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35868 \begin_layout Description
35869 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35870 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35876 \begin_layout Description
35877 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35878 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35884 \begin_layout Description
35886 \begin_inset space ~
35889 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35890 \begin_inset space ~
35894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35896 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35903 \begin_layout Description
35905 \begin_inset space ~
35908 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35909 \begin_inset space ~
35913 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35915 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35922 \begin_layout Description
35924 \begin_inset space ~
35927 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35928 \begin_inset space ~
35932 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35934 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35941 \begin_layout Description
35943 \begin_inset space ~
35946 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35951 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35953 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35960 \begin_layout Description
35962 \begin_inset space ~
35965 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
35966 \begin_inset space ~
35970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35972 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35979 \begin_layout Description
35981 \begin_inset space ~
35984 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35985 \begin_inset space ~
35989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35991 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35998 \begin_layout Description
36000 \begin_inset space ~
36003 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36004 \begin_inset space ~
36008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36010 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36017 \begin_layout Description
36019 \begin_inset space ~
36022 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36023 \begin_inset space ~
36027 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36029 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36036 \begin_layout Description
36038 \begin_inset space ~
36042 \begin_inset space ~
36045 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36046 \begin_inset space ~
36050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36052 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36059 \begin_layout Description
36061 \begin_inset space ~
36064 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36065 text line to the page border, see section
36066 \begin_inset space ~
36070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36072 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36079 \begin_layout Description
36081 \begin_inset space ~
36084 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36085 \begin_inset space ~
36089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36091 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36098 \begin_layout Description
36100 \begin_inset space ~
36103 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36104 text page to the page border, described in section
36105 \begin_inset space ~
36109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36111 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36118 \begin_layout Description
36120 \begin_inset space ~
36123 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36124 \begin_inset space ~
36128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36130 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36137 \begin_layout Description
36139 \begin_inset space ~
36143 \begin_inset space ~
36146 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36147 \begin_inset space ~
36151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36153 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36160 \begin_layout Subsection
36164 \begin_layout Standard
36165 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36166 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36168 \begin_inset space ~
36172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36174 reference "sec:toc"
36179 The index list is described in section
36180 \begin_inset space ~
36184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36186 reference "sec:Index"
36190 , the nomenclature in section
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36197 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36201 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36202 \begin_inset space ~
36206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36208 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36215 \begin_layout Subsection
36219 \begin_layout Standard
36220 To insert floats, described in section
36221 \begin_inset space ~
36225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36227 reference "sec:Floats"
36234 \begin_layout Subsection
36238 \begin_layout Standard
36239 To insert notes, described in section
36240 \begin_inset space ~
36244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36246 reference "sec:Notes"
36253 \begin_layout Subsection
36257 \begin_layout Standard
36258 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36259 \begin_inset space ~
36263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36265 reference "sec:Branches"
36272 \begin_layout Subsection
36276 \begin_layout Standard
36277 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36278 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36280 An example is the document class
36281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36285 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36288 with three custom insets.
36291 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36297 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36300 \begin_layout Subsection
36302 \begin_inset Index idx
36305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36314 \begin_layout Standard
36315 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36316 files in your document.
36317 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36328 \begin_layout Subsection
36330 \begin_inset Index idx
36333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36342 \begin_layout Standard
36343 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36344 \begin_inset space ~
36348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36350 reference "sec:Minipages"
36355 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36366 \begin_layout Subsection
36370 \begin_layout Standard
36371 Inserts a citation as described in section
36372 \begin_inset space ~
36376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36378 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36385 \begin_layout Subsection
36389 \begin_layout Standard
36390 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36391 \begin_inset space ~
36395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36397 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36404 \begin_layout Subsection
36408 \begin_layout Standard
36409 Inserts a label as described in section
36410 \begin_inset space ~
36414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36416 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36423 \begin_layout Subsection
36425 \begin_inset Index idx
36428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36435 \begin_inset Index idx
36438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 Longtables ! Caption
36447 \begin_layout Standard
36448 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36449 Floats are described in section
36450 \begin_inset space ~
36454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36456 reference "sec:Floats"
36460 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36471 \begin_layout Subsection
36475 \begin_layout Standard
36476 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36477 \begin_inset space ~
36481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36483 reference "sec:Index"
36490 \begin_layout Subsection
36494 \begin_layout Standard
36495 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36502 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36509 \begin_layout Subsection
36513 \begin_layout Standard
36515 Tables are described in section
36516 \begin_inset space ~
36520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36522 reference "sec:Tables"
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36533 \begin_layout Standard
36535 Graphics are described in section
36536 \begin_inset space ~
36540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36542 reference "sec:Graphics"
36549 \begin_layout Subsection
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 Inserts an URL as described in section
36555 \begin_inset space ~
36559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36561 reference "sub:URLs"
36568 \begin_layout Subsection
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36574 \begin_inset space ~
36578 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36580 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36587 \begin_layout Subsection
36591 \begin_layout Standard
36592 Inserts a footnote, see section
36593 \begin_inset space ~
36597 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36599 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36606 \begin_layout Subsection
36610 \begin_layout Standard
36611 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36618 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36625 \begin_layout Subsection
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36630 Inserts a short title, see section
36631 \begin_inset space ~
36635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36637 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36644 \begin_layout Subsection
36648 \begin_layout Standard
36649 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36650 \begin_inset space ~
36654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36656 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36663 \begin_layout Subsection
36665 \begin_inset Index idx
36668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36677 \begin_layout Standard
36678 Inserts a program listings box.
36679 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36681 Program Code Listings
36690 \begin_layout Subsection
36694 \begin_layout Standard
36695 Inserts the actual date.
36696 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36698 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36710 \begin_layout Section
36712 \begin_inset Index idx
36715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36724 \begin_layout Standard
36725 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36726 \begin_inset space ~
36729 of the current document.
36730 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36733 \begin_layout Subsection
36737 \begin_layout Standard
36738 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36739 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36741 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36745 \begin_inset space \space{}
36749 \begin_inset space ~
36753 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36754 \begin_inset space ~
36757 2.5 and use the menu
36760 \begin_inset space ~
36764 \begin_inset space ~
36771 \begin_inset space ~
36777 \begin_inset space ~
36781 \begin_inset space ~
36787 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36791 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36797 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36803 \begin_layout Standard
36804 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36805 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36808 \begin_layout Subsection
36809 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36813 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36817 \begin_layout Subsection
36821 \begin_layout Standard
36822 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36823 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36824 on a cross-reference box.
36827 \begin_layout Section
36829 \begin_inset Index idx
36832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36841 \begin_layout Subsection
36845 \begin_layout Standard
36846 Change Tracking is described in section
36847 \begin_inset space ~
36851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36853 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36860 \begin_layout Subsection
36865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36875 \begin_layout Standard
36876 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36878 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36881 \begin_layout Standard
36882 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36887 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36890 \begin_layout Subsection
36894 \begin_layout Standard
36895 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36896 \begin_inset space ~
36900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36902 reference "sec:Navigating"
36907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36909 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36916 \begin_layout Subsection
36917 Start Appendix Here
36920 \begin_layout Standard
36921 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36922 position as described in section
36923 \begin_inset space ~
36927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36929 reference "sec:Appendices"
36936 \begin_layout Subsection
36940 \begin_layout Standard
36941 Un/compresses the current document.
36944 \begin_layout Subsection
36948 \begin_layout Standard
36949 The document settings are described in appendix
36950 \begin_inset space ~
36954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36956 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36963 \begin_layout Section
36965 \begin_inset Index idx
36968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36977 \begin_layout Subsection
36981 \begin_layout Standard
36982 Spell checking is explained in section
36983 \begin_inset space ~
36987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36989 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36996 \begin_layout Subsection
37000 \begin_layout Standard
37001 The thesaurus is described in section
37002 \begin_inset space ~
37006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37008 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37015 \begin_layout Subsection
37017 \begin_inset Index idx
37020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37027 \begin_inset Index idx
37030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37039 \begin_layout Standard
37040 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37041 highlighted document part.
37044 \begin_layout Subsection
37046 \begin_inset Index idx
37049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37058 \begin_layout Standard
37059 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37062 \begin_layout Subsection
37064 \begin_inset Index idx
37067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37079 Reconfiguration of LyX
37083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37096 \begin_inset Index idx
37099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37100 Reconfiguration of LyX
37108 \begin_layout Standard
37109 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37110 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37111 \begin_inset space ~
37115 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37117 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37124 \begin_layout Subsection
37128 \begin_layout Standard
37129 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37130 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37136 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37143 \begin_layout Section
37145 \begin_inset Index idx
37148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 \begin_layout Standard
37158 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37162 \begin_layout Standard
37166 \begin_inset space ~
37171 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37172 found by LyX (see also section
37173 \begin_inset space ~
37177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37179 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37186 \begin_layout Section
37188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37190 name "sec:Toolbars"
37197 \begin_layout Standard
37198 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37199 \begin_inset space ~
37203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37205 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37212 \begin_layout Standard
37213 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37214 This is described in the
37216 Additional Features
37221 \begin_layout Subsection
37223 \begin_inset Index idx
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37235 \begin_layout Standard
37236 \begin_inset Graphics
37237 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37245 \begin_layout Standard
37246 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37252 \begin_layout Standard
37253 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37270 \begin_inset Note Note
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37279 manual for more information.
37287 \begin_layout Standard
37288 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37294 \begin_layout Standard
37295 \begin_inset Tabular
37296 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37297 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37298 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37299 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37305 \begin_inset Graphics
37306 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37320 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37333 \begin_layout Standard
37334 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37340 \begin_layout Standard
37342 \begin_inset Tabular
37343 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37344 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37345 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37346 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37354 \begin_inset Graphics
37355 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37356 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37371 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37378 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37383 \begin_inset Graphics
37384 filename ../images/file-open.png
37385 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37400 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37412 \begin_inset Graphics
37413 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37429 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37441 \begin_inset Graphics
37442 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37443 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37458 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37465 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37470 \begin_inset Graphics
37471 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37472 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37487 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37499 \begin_inset Graphics
37500 filename ../images/undo.png
37501 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37516 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37523 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37528 \begin_inset Graphics
37529 filename ../images/redo.png
37530 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37545 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37552 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37557 \begin_inset Graphics
37558 filename ../images/cut.png
37559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37574 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37581 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37586 \begin_inset Graphics
37587 filename ../images/copy.png
37588 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37603 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37610 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 \begin_inset Graphics
37616 filename ../images/paste.png
37617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37632 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37639 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37644 \begin_inset Graphics
37645 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37646 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37647 rotateOrigin center
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37664 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37668 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37677 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37682 \begin_inset Graphics
37683 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37684 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37685 rotateOrigin center
37694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37701 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37708 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37713 \begin_inset Graphics
37714 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37715 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37728 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37730 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37732 \begin_inset space ~
37743 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37748 \begin_inset Graphics
37749 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37750 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37765 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37767 \begin_inset space ~
37778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37783 \begin_inset Graphics
37784 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37785 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37798 Formats text using the current settings in the
37800 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37802 \begin_inset space ~
37813 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37818 \begin_inset Graphics
37819 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37820 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37835 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37836 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37838 \begin_inset space ~
37847 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37852 \begin_inset Graphics
37853 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37854 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37855 rotateOrigin center
37864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37877 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37882 \begin_inset Graphics
37883 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37884 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37885 rotateOrigin center
37894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37907 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37912 \begin_inset Graphics
37913 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37914 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37915 rotateOrigin center
37924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37928 Toggle outline window on/off,
37930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37942 \begin_inset Graphics
37943 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37944 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37945 rotateOrigin center
37954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 \begin_inset Graphics
37970 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37972 rotateOrigin center
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37985 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37998 \begin_layout Subsection
38000 \begin_inset Index idx
38003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38012 \begin_layout Standard
38013 \begin_inset Graphics
38014 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38022 \begin_layout Standard
38023 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38029 \begin_layout Standard
38030 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38034 \begin_layout Standard
38035 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38041 \begin_layout Standard
38042 \begin_inset Tabular
38043 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38044 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38045 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38046 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38052 \begin_inset Graphics
38053 filename ../images/layout.png
38054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38055 rotateOrigin center
38064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38079 \begin_inset Graphics
38080 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38081 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38082 rotateOrigin center
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38101 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38106 \begin_inset Graphics
38107 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38108 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38109 rotateOrigin center
38118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38128 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38133 \begin_inset Graphics
38134 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38135 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38136 rotateOrigin center
38145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38155 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38160 \begin_inset Graphics
38161 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38162 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38163 rotateOrigin center
38172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38182 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38187 \begin_inset Graphics
38188 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38190 rotateOrigin center
38199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38207 \begin_inset space ~
38211 \begin_inset space ~
38220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38225 \begin_inset Graphics
38226 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38227 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38228 rotateOrigin center
38237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38243 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38245 \begin_inset space ~
38249 \begin_inset space ~
38258 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38263 \begin_inset Graphics
38264 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38265 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38281 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38293 \begin_inset Graphics
38294 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38295 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38310 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38311 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38323 \begin_inset Graphics
38324 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38340 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38347 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38352 \begin_inset Graphics
38353 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 \begin_inset Graphics
38382 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38383 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38398 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38405 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38406 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38410 \begin_inset Graphics
38411 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38412 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38427 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38429 \begin_inset space ~
38438 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38443 \begin_inset Graphics
38444 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38445 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38460 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38462 \begin_inset space ~
38471 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 \begin_inset Graphics
38477 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38478 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38493 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_inset Graphics
38506 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38507 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38508 rotateOrigin center
38517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38525 \begin_inset space ~
38534 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38539 \begin_inset Graphics
38540 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38541 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38556 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38557 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38559 \begin_inset space ~
38568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38573 \begin_inset Graphics
38574 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38575 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38590 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38597 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38602 \begin_inset Graphics
38603 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38604 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 \begin_inset Graphics
38632 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38670 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 \begin_inset Graphics
38676 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38677 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38692 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38693 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38705 \begin_inset Graphics
38706 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38707 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38722 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38723 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38725 \begin_inset space ~
38734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38739 \begin_inset Graphics
38740 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38741 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38742 rotateOrigin center
38751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38759 \begin_inset space ~
38768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38773 \begin_inset Graphics
38774 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38776 rotateOrigin center
38785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38791 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38793 \begin_inset space ~
38802 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38807 \begin_inset Graphics
38808 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38809 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38810 rotateOrigin center
38819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38825 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 \begin_layout Subsection
38840 View / Update Toolbar
38841 \begin_inset Index idx
38844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38845 Toolbar ! View / Update
38853 \begin_layout Standard
38854 \begin_inset Graphics
38855 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38862 \begin_layout Standard
38863 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38869 \begin_layout Standard
38870 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38874 \begin_layout Standard
38875 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38881 \begin_layout Standard
38882 \begin_inset Tabular
38883 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38884 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38885 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38886 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38892 \begin_inset Graphics
38893 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38895 rotateOrigin center
38904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38910 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38922 \begin_inset Graphics
38923 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38924 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38925 rotateOrigin center
38934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38940 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38941 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38948 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38953 \begin_inset Graphics
38954 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38955 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38956 rotateOrigin center
38965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38971 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38978 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38983 \begin_inset Graphics
38984 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38985 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38986 rotateOrigin center
38995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39002 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39009 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39014 \begin_inset Graphics
39015 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39016 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39017 rotateOrigin center
39026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39032 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39039 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39044 \begin_inset Graphics
39045 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39046 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39047 rotateOrigin center
39056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39062 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39063 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39077 \begin_layout Subsection
39081 \begin_layout Standard
39082 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39083 \begin_inset space ~
39087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39089 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39093 , the table toolbar
39094 \begin_inset Index idx
39097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39107 manual, the math macro toolbar
39108 \begin_inset Index idx
39111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39124 \begin_layout Chapter
39125 The Document Settings
39126 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39128 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39133 \begin_inset Index idx
39136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39137 Document ! Settings
39145 \begin_layout Standard
39146 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39147 whole document and is called with the menu
39149 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39153 You can save your document settings as default with th
39155 e Save as Document Defaults
39157 button in the dialog.
39158 This will create a template name
39166 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39170 \begin_layout Standard
39171 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39174 \begin_layout Section
39178 \begin_layout Standard
39179 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39181 Document classes are described in section
39182 \begin_inset space ~
39186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39188 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39193 Some classes use some class options by default.
39194 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39198 and you can decide to use them or not.
39199 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39200 recommended not to touch them.
39201 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39207 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39208 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39214 When you want one of the following drivers
39215 \begin_inset Newline newline
39218 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39219 \begin_inset Newline newline
39222 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39227 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39229 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39241 \begin_layout Standard
39242 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39243 child or subdocument.
39244 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39245 without its master.
39246 This way child documents are always compilable.
39247 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39258 \begin_layout Section
39262 \begin_layout Standard
39263 Modules are explained in section
39264 \begin_inset space ~
39268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39270 reference "sub:Modules"
39277 \begin_layout Section
39281 \begin_layout Standard
39282 The document font settings are described in section
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39289 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39296 \begin_layout Section
39300 \begin_layout Standard
39301 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39303 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39307 \begin_layout Standard
39308 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39309 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39310 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39313 \begin_layout Standard
39314 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39322 \begin_layout Section
39326 \begin_layout Standard
39327 A description of this menu is given in section
39328 \begin_inset space ~
39332 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39334 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39341 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39348 \begin_layout Section
39352 \begin_layout Standard
39353 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39354 \begin_inset space ~
39358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39360 reference "sub:Margins"
39367 \begin_layout Section
39369 \begin_inset Index idx
39372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39373 Language ! Encoding
39381 \begin_layout Standard
39382 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39383 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39384 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39385 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39386 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39387 known for a particular character).
39391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39392 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39393 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39398 manual for details.
39406 \begin_layout Standard
39407 If you use the option
39411 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39412 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39413 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39414 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39415 exactly one encoding.
39416 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39425 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39426 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39428 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39429 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39443 \begin_layout Standard
39444 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39445 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39446 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39447 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39448 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39449 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39454 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39455 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39456 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39459 \begin_layout Standard
39460 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39463 \begin_layout Description
39465 \begin_inset space ~
39469 \begin_inset space ~
39473 \begin_inset space ~
39480 , but the LaTeX-package
39485 \begin_inset Index idx
39488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39489 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39495 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39496 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39497 languages in TeX code.
39500 \begin_layout Description
39501 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39502 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39503 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39506 \begin_layout Description
39508 \begin_inset space ~
39512 \begin_inset space ~
39515 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39518 \begin_layout Description
39520 \begin_inset space ~
39524 \begin_inset space ~
39527 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39530 \begin_layout Description
39532 \begin_inset space ~
39535 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39538 \begin_layout Description
39540 \begin_inset space ~
39544 \begin_inset space ~
39547 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39548 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39551 \begin_layout Description
39553 \begin_inset space ~
39557 \begin_inset space ~
39560 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39564 \begin_layout Description
39566 \begin_inset space ~
39570 \begin_inset space ~
39573 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39574 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39577 \begin_layout Description
39579 \begin_inset space ~
39583 \begin_inset space ~
39587 \begin_inset space ~
39590 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39591 \begin_inset space ~
39597 \begin_layout Description
39599 \begin_inset space ~
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39607 \begin_inset space ~
39610 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39611 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39614 \begin_layout Description
39616 \begin_inset space ~
39620 \begin_inset space ~
39623 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39624 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39625 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39626 \begin_inset space ~
39630 \begin_inset space ~
39636 \begin_layout Description
39638 \begin_inset space ~
39642 \begin_inset space ~
39645 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39646 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39647 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39648 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39649 \begin_inset space ~
39653 \begin_inset space ~
39659 \begin_layout Description
39661 \begin_inset space ~
39665 \begin_inset space ~
39668 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39671 \begin_layout Description
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39677 \begin_inset space ~
39680 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39683 \begin_layout Description
39685 \begin_inset space ~
39689 \begin_inset space ~
39692 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39695 \begin_layout Description
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39700 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39703 \begin_layout Description
39705 \begin_inset space ~
39708 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39711 \begin_layout Description
39713 \begin_inset space ~
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39720 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39723 \begin_layout Description
39725 \begin_inset space ~
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39735 \begin_layout Description
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39744 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39747 \begin_layout Description
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39753 \begin_inset space ~
39759 \begin_layout Description
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39768 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39773 \begin_inset Index idx
39776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39777 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39782 , when using this, set the document language to
39787 \begin_layout Description
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39800 , when using this, set the document language to
39805 \begin_layout Description
39807 \begin_inset space ~
39811 \begin_inset space ~
39814 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39819 \begin_inset Index idx
39822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39823 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39828 , when using this, set the document language to
39833 \begin_layout Description
39835 \begin_inset space ~
39839 \begin_inset space ~
39842 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39846 , when using this, set the document language to
39851 \begin_layout Description
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39857 \begin_inset space ~
39860 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39864 , when using this, set the document language to
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39874 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39887 \begin_inset space ~
39890 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39893 \begin_layout Description
39895 \begin_inset space ~
39899 \begin_inset space ~
39903 \begin_inset space ~
39906 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39907 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39908 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39911 \begin_layout Description
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39923 \begin_layout Description
39925 \begin_inset space ~
39929 \begin_inset space ~
39932 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39933 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39936 \begin_layout Description
39938 \begin_inset space ~
39942 \begin_inset space ~
39945 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39950 \begin_inset Index idx
39953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39954 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39959 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39962 \begin_layout Description
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39971 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39975 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39984 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39985 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39999 \begin_layout Description
40001 \begin_inset space ~
40005 \begin_inset space ~
40008 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40013 \begin_inset Index idx
40016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40017 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40022 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40025 \begin_layout Description
40027 \begin_inset space ~
40030 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40035 \begin_inset Index idx
40038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40039 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40045 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40049 \begin_layout Description
40051 \begin_inset space ~
40055 \begin_inset space ~
40059 \begin_inset space ~
40062 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40063 \begin_inset space ~
40069 \begin_layout Description
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40079 \begin_inset space ~
40082 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40083 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40084 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40088 \begin_layout Description
40090 \begin_inset space ~
40094 \begin_inset space ~
40098 \begin_inset space ~
40101 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40102 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40105 \begin_layout Section
40109 \begin_layout Standard
40110 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40111 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40112 \begin_inset space ~
40116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40118 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40125 \begin_layout Section
40129 \begin_layout Standard
40130 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX
40131 \change_inserted 1 1250501112
40133 \change_deleted 1 1250501112
40141 \begin_inset Index idx
40144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40145 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40155 \begin_inset Index idx
40158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40159 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40165 \change_inserted 1 1250501161
40166 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40171 \begin_inset Index idx
40174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40176 \change_inserted 1 1250501123
40177 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40182 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40186 For a further description see section
40187 \begin_inset space ~
40191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40193 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40198 \change_inserted 1 1250501100
40202 \begin_layout Section
40204 \change_inserted 1 1250500845
40208 \begin_layout Standard
40210 \change_inserted 1 1250501193
40211 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40212 and you can define additional indexes.
40213 Please refer to section
40214 \begin_inset space ~
40218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40220 reference "sec:Index"
40229 \begin_layout Section
40233 \begin_layout Standard
40234 The PDF properties are explained in section
40235 \begin_inset space ~
40239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40241 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40248 \begin_layout Section
40252 \begin_layout Standard
40253 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40258 \begin_inset Index idx
40261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40262 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40272 \begin_inset Index idx
40275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40276 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40281 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40284 \begin_layout Standard
40289 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40290 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40293 \begin_layout Standard
40298 is used for special integral characters.
40301 \begin_layout Section
40305 \begin_layout Standard
40306 The float placement options are described in section
40307 \begin_inset space ~
40311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40313 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40320 \begin_layout Section
40324 \begin_layout Standard
40325 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40326 The itemize environment is described in section
40327 \begin_inset space ~
40331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40333 reference "sec:Itemize"
40340 \begin_layout Section
40344 \begin_layout Standard
40345 Branches are described in section
40346 \begin_inset space ~
40350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40352 reference "sec:Branches"
40359 \begin_layout Section
40364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40375 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40376 to define LaTeX-commands.
40377 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40378 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40382 \begin_layout Standard
40383 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40384 \begin_inset space ~
40388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40390 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40397 \begin_layout Chapter
40403 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40405 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40410 \begin_inset Index idx
40413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40425 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40429 It has the following submenus.
40432 \begin_layout Section
40436 \begin_layout Subsection
40440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40441 User Interface File
40442 \begin_inset Index idx
40445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40446 Customization ! of toolbars
40452 \begin_inset Index idx
40455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40456 Customization ! of menus
40464 \begin_layout Standard
40465 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40473 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40482 \begin_layout Standard
40483 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40484 interface (ui) file.
40485 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40486 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40495 Both files are loaded by the
40500 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40501 files and edit the entries.
40504 \begin_layout Standard
40505 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40517 entries must be ended with an explicit
40542 and in the case of the
40543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40555 The syntax for the entries is:
40558 \begin_layout Standard
40559 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40565 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40587 \begin_layout Standard
40589 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40592 All LyX-functions are listed in
40593 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40602 \begin_layout Standard
40603 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40609 \begin_layout Standard
40610 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40612 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40615 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40619 \begin_layout Standard
40620 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40630 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40644 \begin_layout Standard
40646 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40649 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40656 \begin_layout Standard
40659 Enable tool tips in main work area
40661 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40665 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40669 \begin_layout Standard
40673 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40677 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40680 restoring of window layout and geometries
40682 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40683 in the last LyX session.
40686 \begin_layout Standard
40689 Restore cursor positions
40691 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40695 \begin_layout Standard
40698 Load opened files from last session
40700 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40703 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40705 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40707 name "sub:Backup documents"
40712 \begin_inset Index idx
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40724 \begin_layout Standard
40729 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40732 \begin_layout Standard
40737 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40740 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40742 \begin_inset space ~
40750 \begin_layout Standard
40753 Open documents in tabs
40755 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40759 \begin_layout Subsection
40761 \begin_inset Index idx
40764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40771 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40773 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40780 \begin_layout Standard
40781 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40784 \begin_layout Standard
40785 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40793 This section only deals with the fonts
40798 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40801 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40802 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40813 \begin_layout Standard
40814 By default, LyX uses
40818 as roman (serif) font,
40826 (depends on the system) as
40829 \begin_inset space ~
40845 \begin_layout Standard
40846 You can change the font size with the
40851 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40852 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40855 \begin_layout Standard
40860 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40861 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40863 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40866 points have the size of 1
40867 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40871 \begin_inset space ~
40875 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40877 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40884 \begin_layout Standard
40889 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40894 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40895 \begin_inset space ~
40899 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40901 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40908 \begin_layout Standard
40911 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40913 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40914 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40915 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40916 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40918 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40919 \begin_inset space ~
40925 \begin_layout Subsection
40927 \begin_inset Index idx
40930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40937 \begin_inset Index idx
40940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40949 \begin_layout Standard
40950 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40951 Choose an item in the list and use the
40958 \begin_layout Subsection
40960 \begin_inset Index idx
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40964 Settings ! Graphics
40972 \begin_layout Standard
40973 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40976 \begin_layout Standard
40981 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40982 This feature is described in section
40983 \begin_inset space ~
40987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40989 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40996 \begin_layout Section
40998 \begin_inset Index idx
41001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 \begin_layout Subsection
41014 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41018 \begin_layout Standard
41021 Cursor follows scrollbar
41023 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41027 \begin_layout Standard
41030 Sort environments alphabetically
41032 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41035 \begin_layout Standard
41038 Group environments by their category
41040 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41043 \begin_layout Standard
41044 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41060 \begin_layout Standard
41061 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41066 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41067 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41071 \begin_layout Subsection
41073 \begin_inset Index idx
41076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41083 \begin_inset Index idx
41086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41087 Settings ! Shortcuts
41095 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41099 \begin_layout Standard
41100 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41101 Several binding files are available:
41104 \begin_layout Description
41105 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41108 \begin_layout Description
41109 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41120 \begin_layout Description
41121 mac.bind set of bindings for
41124 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41132 \begin_layout Standard
41133 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41137 , and bind files for special languages.
41138 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41143 \begin_inset space \space{}
41147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41155 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41159 \begin_layout Standard
41160 Some bind-files, like
41164 , have only a small scope.
41165 When looking at the the end of the file
41169 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41172 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41174 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41176 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41181 \begin_inset Index idx
41184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41185 Key Bindings ! Editing
41193 \begin_layout Standard
41194 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41195 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41196 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41199 Show key-bindings containing
41202 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41203 Insert there for example as keyword
41204 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41211 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41221 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41222 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41226 that you will find in the
41233 \begin_layout Standard
41235 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41239 \begin_inset space \space{}
41250 , select the function and press the
41255 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41256 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41257 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41258 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41259 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41261 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41263 The binding for the function
41267 is an example of this.
41270 \begin_layout Standard
41271 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41273 The syntax of the entries is:
41276 \begin_layout Standard
41282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41300 \begin_layout Subsection
41302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41310 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41312 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41317 \begin_inset Index idx
41320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41327 \begin_inset Index idx
41330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41331 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41339 \begin_layout Standard
41340 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41341 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41347 \begin_inset space \space{}
41350 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41351 can use the keyboard map file named
41358 \begin_layout Standard
41359 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41367 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41375 \begin_layout Standard
41376 Besides this, you can specify here the
41378 Wheel scrolling speed
41381 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41385 \begin_layout Subsection
41387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41389 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41394 \begin_inset Index idx
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41406 \begin_layout Standard
41407 Input completion is described in sec.
41408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41414 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41419 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41421 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41422 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41426 \begin_layout Section
41428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41435 \begin_inset Index idx
41438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41445 \begin_inset Index idx
41448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41457 \begin_layout Description
41459 \begin_inset space ~
41462 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41463 It is the default when you
41474 \begin_inset space ~
41482 \begin_layout Description
41484 \begin_inset space ~
41487 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41489 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41491 \begin_inset space ~
41495 \begin_inset space ~
41503 \begin_layout Description
41505 \begin_inset space ~
41508 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41514 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41518 \begin_inset Newline newline
41522 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41534 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41542 \begin_layout Description
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41548 \begin_inset Index idx
41551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41557 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41558 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41559 \begin_inset space ~
41563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41565 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41573 will be used to save the backups.
41574 \begin_inset Newline newline
41577 The backup files have the ending
41578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41588 \begin_layout Description
41593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41600 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41601 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41602 \begin_inset Newline newline
41606 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41614 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41622 \begin_layout Description
41624 \begin_inset space ~
41627 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41630 \begin_layout Description
41632 \begin_inset space ~
41635 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41636 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41637 to find it on the system.
41638 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41639 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41648 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41649 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41653 \begin_layout Section
41657 \begin_layout Standard
41658 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41659 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41661 \begin_inset space ~
41665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41667 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41671 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41674 \begin_layout Section
41676 \begin_inset Index idx
41679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41680 Language ! Settings
41686 \begin_inset Index idx
41689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41690 Settings ! Language
41698 \begin_layout Subsection
41702 \begin_layout Description
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41708 \begin_inset space ~
41711 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41712 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41713 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41714 You find the actual translation status here:
41715 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41717 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41718 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41725 \begin_layout Description
41727 \begin_inset space ~
41730 language is the language used in new documents
41733 \begin_layout Description
41735 \begin_inset space ~
41738 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41740 The default is the LaTeX-command
41746 that loads the package
41754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41755 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41756 \begin_inset space ~
41760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41762 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41772 \begin_inset Newline newline
41779 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41780 to the document language.
41781 A text label is, for instance, the word
41782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41789 at the beginning of every table caption.
41792 \begin_layout Description
41794 \begin_inset space ~
41797 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41798 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41799 An example is the start command
41805 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41810 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41825 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41830 \begin_layout Description
41832 \begin_inset space ~
41840 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41841 command toggles the package on and off.
41844 \begin_layout Description
41846 \begin_inset space ~
41856 \begin_layout Description
41857 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41858 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41859 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41860 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41867 \begin_layout Description
41869 \begin_inset space ~
41872 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41874 When this option is not set, the
41877 \begin_inset space ~
41882 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41883 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41886 \begin_inset space ~
41894 \begin_layout Description
41896 \begin_inset space ~
41902 \begin_inset space ~
41908 When it is not set, the
41911 \begin_inset space ~
41916 is set to the end of the document.
41919 \begin_layout Description
41921 \begin_inset space ~
41925 \begin_inset space ~
41928 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41929 language will be underlined blue.
41932 \begin_layout Description
41934 \begin_inset space ~
41938 \begin_inset space ~
41941 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41942 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41945 \begin_layout Description
41947 \begin_inset space ~
41950 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41951 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41952 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41953 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41956 \begin_layout Subsection
41960 \begin_layout Standard
41961 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41962 \begin_inset space ~
41966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41968 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41975 \begin_layout Section
41979 \begin_layout Subsection
41981 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41988 \begin_inset Index idx
41991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 \begin_inset Index idx
42001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42010 \begin_layout Description
42012 \begin_inset space ~
42015 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42016 The name will be used when the
42021 \begin_inset Newline newline
42025 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42033 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42041 \begin_layout Description
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42051 \begin_inset space ~
42054 printer This option works only for the
42059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42071 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42072 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42075 \begin_layout Description
42077 \begin_inset space ~
42080 command is the command LyX
42081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42088 LaTeX uses for printing.
42089 The default is on most systems
42096 \begin_layout Description
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42102 \begin_inset space ~
42105 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42106 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42107 of the program that provides the
42114 \begin_layout Subsection
42116 \begin_inset Index idx
42119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42126 \begin_inset Index idx
42129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42130 Settings ! Date format
42138 \begin_layout Standard
42139 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42140 \begin_inset Newline newline
42144 \begin_inset Flex URL
42147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42155 \begin_inset Newline newline
42158 For example the format
42159 \begin_inset Newline newline
42163 \begin_inset Newline newline
42166 prints the date as day/month/year.
42169 \begin_layout Subsection
42173 \begin_layout Description
42175 \begin_inset space ~
42179 \begin_inset space ~
42182 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42185 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42186 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42188 \begin_inset space ~
42194 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42198 \begin_layout Description
42200 \begin_inset space ~
42203 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42208 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42209 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42212 \begin_layout Subsection
42217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42227 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42232 \begin_inset Index idx
42235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42244 \begin_layout Description
42249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42257 \begin_inset space ~
42260 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42265 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42287 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42300 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42301 LyX sets up in the background.
42302 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42305 \begin_layout Description
42307 \begin_inset space ~
42311 \begin_inset space ~
42314 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42319 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42322 \begin_layout Standard
42323 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42324 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42325 manuals of the applications.
42326 Currently the following commands can be set:
42329 \begin_layout Description
42334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42342 \begin_inset space ~
42345 command Command for the program
42349 that is described in the section
42355 Additional Features
42360 \begin_layout Description
42365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 \begin_inset space ~
42376 command Command for the program
42380 that generates the bibliography, see section
42381 \begin_inset space ~
42385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42387 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42394 \begin_layout Description
42396 \begin_inset space ~
42399 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42400 \begin_inset space ~
42404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42406 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42413 \begin_layout Description
42415 \begin_inset space ~
42418 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42425 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42432 \begin_layout Description
42434 \begin_inset space ~
42438 \begin_inset space ~
42442 \begin_inset space ~
42446 \begin_inset space ~
42449 options They only have an effect when the program
42453 is used as DVI-viewer.
42456 \begin_layout Standard
42457 There are additionally the following options:
42460 \begin_layout Description
42462 \begin_inset space ~
42466 \begin_inset space ~
42470 \begin_inset space ~
42474 \begin_inset space ~
42478 \begin_inset space ~
42481 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42492 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42496 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42499 to separate folders.
42500 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42501 \begin_inset Index idx
42504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42511 \begin_inset Index idx
42514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42523 \begin_layout Description
42525 \begin_inset space ~
42529 \begin_inset space ~
42533 \begin_inset space ~
42537 \begin_inset space ~
42541 \begin_inset space ~
42545 \begin_inset space ~
42548 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42550 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42553 dialog when changing the document class.
42556 \begin_layout Section
42558 \begin_inset space ~
42562 \begin_inset Index idx
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42574 \begin_layout Subsection
42576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42578 name "sub:Converters"
42583 \begin_inset Index idx
42586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42595 \begin_layout Standard
42596 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42597 from one format to another.
42598 You can modify them or create new ones.
42599 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42606 \begin_inset space ~
42616 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42620 \begin_inset space ~
42625 drop-down list, modify the
42629 field, and press the
42636 \begin_layout Standard
42639 Converter File Cache
42641 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42644 Maximum Age (in days
42647 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42648 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42651 \begin_layout Standard
42652 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42653 the converter definition, is described in the section
42664 \begin_layout Subsection
42666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42668 name "sec:File-Formats"
42673 \begin_inset Index idx
42676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42683 \begin_inset Index idx
42686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42695 \begin_layout Standard
42696 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42697 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42701 \begin_layout Standard
42702 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42703 is described in the section
42714 \begin_layout Standard
42715 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42716 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42717 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42718 This is done by specifying a
42723 More about this is described in the section
42734 \begin_layout Chapter
42735 Units available in LyX
42736 \begin_inset Index idx
42739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42746 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42748 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42755 \begin_layout Standard
42756 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42759 reference "cap:Units"
42763 explains all units available in LyX.
42766 \begin_layout Standard
42767 \begin_inset Float table
42773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42774 \begin_inset Caption
42776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42792 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42800 \begin_inset Tabular
42801 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42802 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42803 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42804 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42900 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42928 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42932 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42955 scaled point (65536
42956 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42960 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42984 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42988 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43016 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43044 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43048 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43071 % of original image width
43078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43260 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43264 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43285 \begin_layout Chapter
43287 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43296 \begin_layout Standard
43297 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43298 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43301 \begin_layout Itemize
43304 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43307 \begin_layout Itemize
43313 \begin_layout Itemize
43319 \begin_layout Itemize
43325 \begin_layout Itemize
43331 \begin_layout Itemize
43337 \begin_layout Itemize
43343 \begin_layout Itemize
43349 \begin_layout Itemize
43352 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43355 \begin_layout Itemize
43361 \begin_layout Itemize
43367 \begin_layout Itemize
43373 \begin_layout Itemize
43379 \begin_layout Itemize
43385 \begin_layout Itemize
43391 \begin_layout Itemize
43397 \begin_layout Itemize
43403 \begin_layout Itemize
43405 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43414 \begin_layout Standard
43415 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43418 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43425 \begin_layout Bibliography
43426 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43427 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43428 LatexCommand bibitem
43435 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43438 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43443 \begin_inset Newline newline
43447 \begin_inset Flex URL
43450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43452 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43460 \begin_layout Bibliography
43461 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43462 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43463 LatexCommand bibitem
43464 key "latexcompanion"
43468 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43470 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43473 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43476 \begin_layout Bibliography
43477 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43478 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43479 LatexCommand bibitem
43484 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43487 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43490 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43493 \begin_layout Bibliography
43494 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43495 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43496 LatexCommand bibitem
43503 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43506 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43509 \begin_layout Bibliography
43510 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43511 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43512 LatexCommand bibitem
43524 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43527 \begin_layout Bibliography
43528 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43530 LatexCommand bibitem
43536 \begin_inset Newline newline
43540 \begin_inset Flex URL
43543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43545 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43553 \begin_layout Bibliography
43554 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43555 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43556 LatexCommand bibitem
43562 \begin_inset Newline newline
43566 \begin_inset Flex URL
43569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43571 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43579 \begin_layout Bibliography
43580 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43581 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43582 LatexCommand bibitem
43588 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43590 name "Documentation"
43591 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43600 \begin_inset Newline newline
43604 \begin_inset Flex URL
43607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43609 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43617 \begin_layout Bibliography
43618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43620 LatexCommand bibitem
43626 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43628 name "Documentation"
43629 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43633 how to use the program
43638 \begin_inset Newline newline
43642 \begin_inset Flex URL
43645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43647 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43655 \begin_layout Bibliography
43656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43658 LatexCommand bibitem
43664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43666 name "Documentation"
43667 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43676 \begin_inset Newline newline
43680 \begin_inset Flex URL
43683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43685 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43693 \begin_layout Bibliography
43694 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43696 LatexCommand bibitem
43702 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43704 name "Documentation"
43705 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43714 \begin_inset Newline newline
43718 \begin_inset Flex URL
43721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43723 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43731 \begin_layout Bibliography
43732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43734 LatexCommand bibitem
43740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43742 name "Documentation"
43743 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43747 of the LaTeX-package
43752 \begin_inset Index idx
43755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43756 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43762 \begin_inset Newline newline
43766 \begin_inset Flex URL
43769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43771 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43779 \begin_layout Bibliography
43780 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43781 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43782 LatexCommand bibitem
43788 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43790 name "Documentation"
43791 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43795 of the LaTeX-package
43800 \begin_inset Index idx
43803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43804 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43810 \begin_inset Newline newline
43814 \begin_inset Flex URL
43817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43819 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43827 \begin_layout Bibliography
43828 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43829 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43830 LatexCommand bibitem
43838 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43840 name "Documentation"
43841 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43847 of the LaTeX-package
43852 \begin_inset Index idx
43855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43856 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43862 \begin_inset Newline newline
43866 \begin_inset Flex URL
43869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43871 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43879 \begin_layout Bibliography
43880 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43881 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43882 LatexCommand bibitem
43888 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43890 name "Documentation"
43891 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43895 of the LaTeX-package
43900 \begin_inset Index idx
43903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43904 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43910 \begin_inset Newline newline
43914 \begin_inset Flex URL
43917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43919 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43927 \begin_layout Bibliography
43928 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43929 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43930 LatexCommand bibitem
43936 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43938 name "Documentation"
43939 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43943 of the LaTeX-package
43948 \begin_inset Index idx
43951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43952 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43958 \begin_inset Newline newline
43962 \begin_inset Flex URL
43965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43967 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43975 \begin_layout Bibliography
43976 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43977 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43978 LatexCommand bibitem
43984 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43986 name "Documentation"
43987 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43991 of the LaTeX-package
43996 \begin_inset Index idx
43999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44000 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44006 \begin_inset Newline newline
44010 \begin_inset Flex URL
44013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44015 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44023 \begin_layout Bibliography
44024 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44025 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44026 LatexCommand bibitem
44032 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44035 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44039 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44040 \begin_inset Newline newline
44044 \begin_inset Flex URL
44047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44049 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44057 \begin_layout Bibliography
44058 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44059 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44060 LatexCommand bibitem
44066 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44069 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44073 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44074 \begin_inset Newline newline
44078 \begin_inset Flex URL
44081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44083 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44091 \begin_layout Bibliography
44092 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44093 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44094 LatexCommand bibitem
44100 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44103 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44107 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44108 \begin_inset Newline newline
44112 \begin_inset Flex URL
44115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44117 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44125 \begin_layout Bibliography
44126 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44127 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44128 LatexCommand bibitem
44134 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44137 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44141 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44142 \begin_inset Newline newline
44146 \begin_inset Flex URL
44149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44151 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44159 \begin_layout Bibliography
44160 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44161 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44162 LatexCommand bibitem
44168 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44171 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44175 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44176 \begin_inset Newline newline
44180 \begin_inset Flex URL
44183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44185 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44193 \begin_layout Bibliography
44194 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44195 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44196 LatexCommand bibitem
44202 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44205 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44209 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44210 \begin_inset Newline newline
44214 \begin_inset Flex URL
44217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44219 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44227 \begin_layout Bibliography
44228 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44229 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44230 LatexCommand bibitem
44236 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44239 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44243 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44244 \begin_inset Newline newline
44248 \begin_inset Flex URL
44251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44253 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44261 \begin_layout Bibliography
44262 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44263 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44264 LatexCommand bibitem
44270 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44273 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44277 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44278 \begin_inset Newline newline
44282 \begin_inset Flex URL
44285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44287 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44295 \begin_layout Bibliography
44296 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44297 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44298 LatexCommand bibitem
44304 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44307 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44311 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44312 \begin_inset Newline newline
44316 \begin_inset Flex URL
44319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44321 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44329 \begin_layout Bibliography
44330 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44331 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44332 LatexCommand bibitem
44338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44341 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44345 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44346 \begin_inset Newline newline
44350 \begin_inset Flex URL
44353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44355 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44363 \begin_layout Bibliography
44364 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44365 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44366 LatexCommand bibitem
44372 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44375 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
44379 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
44380 \begin_inset Newline newline
44384 \begin_inset Flex URL
44387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44389 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44397 \begin_layout Bibliography
44398 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44399 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44400 LatexCommand bibitem
44406 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44409 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44413 about new features in
44418 \begin_inset Newline newline
44422 \begin_inset Flex URL
44425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44427 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44435 \begin_layout Standard
44436 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44470 \begin_inset Note Note
44473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44480 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44481 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44482 bibliography is the second one:
44490 \begin_layout Standard
44491 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44492 LatexCommand bibtex
44493 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44494 options "biblio/alphadin"
44501 \begin_layout Standard
44502 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44505 \begin_layout Standard
44508 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44509 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44515 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44516 LatexCommand printindex